grepcent / static financial knowledge base

Finwise Bancorp (FINW)

CIK: 0001856365. SIC: 6022 State Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-03-23.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1856365. Latest filing source: 0001856365-26-000006.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read FINW's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read FINW's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue92,478,000USD20252026-03-23
Net income16,091,000USD20252026-03-23
Assets977,135,000USD20252026-03-23

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-03-23. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001856365.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric202020212022202320242025
Revenue49,243,00052,329,00064,534,00074,352,00092,478,000
Net income31,583,00025,115,00017,460,00012,742,00016,091,000
Diluted EPS3.271.871.330.931.13
Operating cash flow-9,232,00061,153,00012,265,000-14,991,000-28,424,000
Capital expenditures2,334,0007,213,0007,458,0001,076,000219,000
Share buybacks0.001,136,0004,741,000461,0000.00
Assets380,214,000400,780,000586,221,000745,976,000977,135,000
Liabilities264,772,000260,321,000431,165,000572,256,000783,940,000
Stockholders' equity45,872,000115,442,000140,459,000155,056,000173,720,000193,195,000
Cash and cash equivalents85,754,000100,567,000116,975,000109,162,000163,400,000
Free cash flow-11,566,00053,940,0004,807,000-16,067,000-28,643,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric202020212022202320242025
Net margin64.14%47.99%27.06%17.14%17.40%
Return on equity27.36%17.88%11.26%7.33%8.33%
Return on assets8.31%6.27%2.98%1.71%1.65%
Liabilities / equity2.291.852.783.294.06

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places FINW against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

FINW Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.FINW Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -52.5%Median 21.9%Max 46.5%FINW 17.4%

ROE peer context

FINW ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.FINW ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -22.0%Median 9.6%Max 17.5%FINW 8.3%

ROA peer context

FINW ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.FINW ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -2.3%Median 1.1%Max 2.5%FINW 1.6%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

FINW FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.FINW FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.FINW free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0M-$28.4MOperating cash flow-$219.0KCapex-$28.6MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001856365-26-000006; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001856365-26-000006; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001856365-26-000006; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

FINW revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $92.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

FINW net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $16.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

FINW diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $1.13/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$2.00/share$4.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

FINW operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$28.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

FINW capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $219.0KSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

FINW share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $0.0BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

FINW assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $977.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$500.0M$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

FINW liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $783.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$500.0M$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

FINW stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $193.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

FINW cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2025 = $163.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

FINW free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FINW Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$28.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001856365-26-000006; filed 2026-03-23. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-12. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001856365.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-300.41reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-300.27reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-310.29reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-3015,869,0004,638,0000.35reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-3017,212,0004,804,0000.37reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-3118,052,0004,157,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-3117,645,0003,315,0000.25reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-3018,422,0003,180,0000.24reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-3018,924,0003,454,0000.25reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-3119,361,0002,793,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-3118,536,0003,189,0000.23reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-3019,742,0004,097,0000.29reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-3023,966,0004,891,0000.34reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-3130,235,0003,915,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-3133,541,0002,735,0000.20reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

FINW quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FINW quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FINW Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $33.5MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001856365-26-000051; filed 2026-05-12. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

FINW quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FINW quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FINW Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $2.7MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001856365-26-000051; filed 2026-05-12. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

FINW quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FINW quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FINW Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $0.20/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$0.25/share$0.50/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001856365-26-000051; filed 2026-05-12. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001856365-26-000051.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-12. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is intended as a review and summary of significant factors affecting our financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated and should be read together with our consolidated audited financial statements and related notes thereto included in the 2025 Form 10-K and our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections of this Report and our 2025 Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Report. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements except to the extent required by law.

The following discussion pertains to our historical results, on a consolidated basis. However, because we conduct all material business operations through our wholly owned subsidiary, FinWise Bank, the discussion and analysis relates to activities primarily conducted at the subsidiary level.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The accompanying management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report. The preparation of these unaudited consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Our critical accounting estimates primarily relate to the allowance for credit losses. See Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 in our 2025 Form 10-K for information on our accounting policy related to this critical accounting estimate.

There have been no material changes during the three months ended March 31, 2026 to the methods we used and judgments we made relating to critical accounting estimates from those disclosed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the 2025 Form 10-K.

Business Overview

FinWise Bancorp is a Utah corporation and the parent company of FinWise Bank and FinWise Investment, LLC. Our assets consist primarily of our investment in the Bank and all of our material business activities are conducted through the Bank.

We gather deposits in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA through our one branch and nationwide from our Strategic Program service providers, SBA 7(a) borrowers, institutional deposit exchanges, brokered deposit arrangements and other deposit sources. Attracting nationwide deposits from the general public, businesses and other financial institutions, and investing those deposits, together with borrowings and other sources of funds, is also critical to our banking business.

Our banking business offers a diverse range of commercial and retail banking products and services, and consists primarily of originating loans in a variety of sectors. While our commercial and residential real estate lending and other products and services offered from our branch continue to be concentrated in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, our third-party loan origination relationships have allowed us to expand into markets across the United States. These relationships were developed to support our ability to generate significant loan volume across diverse consumer and commercial markets and have been the primary source of our growth and our consistent ability to operate profitability since developing the third-party loan origination business.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend primarily on our ability to originate loans and leases directly, or by using our strategic relationships with third-party loan origination platforms, to earn interest and non-interest income.

Our lending focuses on two main lending areas: (1) traditional lending which includes SBA 7(a) loans, residential and commercial real estate, and commercial leasing; and (2) Strategic Programs lending which includes held-for-sale, credit enhanced, and retained loans. For a description and analysis of the Company’s loan categories, see “Financial Condition.”

40

Table of Contents

Reportable Segments

Historically, we managed our business as a single operating and reportable segment. In the third quarter of 2025, after completing a technology initiative to capture and report segment-specific financial data, we revised our reportable segments. Due to significant operational growth and how our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) reviews operating results and allocates resources, we manage our business through three reportable segments: traditional banking, banking as a service (“BaaS”) and treasury and administration. It is not practicable to provide prior period reportable segment results as segregating the data in a meaningful way would require unreasonable effort due to limitations in historical records.

The traditional banking segment provides loan and deposit products and services to consumers and businesses nationally and in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA. The BaaS segment provides lending, card and payments solutions nationally to fintech brands. The treasury and administration segment consists of investments, deposits sourced nationally to support the business segments, and other items not specific to the traditional banking or BaaS segments.

Executive Summary

This executive summary provides certain 2026 and 2025 consolidated financial highlights from the discussion and analysis that follows:

•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, originations increased to $1.7 billion from $1.3 billion when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025. New strategic programs and organic growth through certain established strategic programs contributed to the increase in loan originations.

•Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 12.90% for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to 8.27% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. NIM is impacted by income earned from interest-earning assets and interest costs incurred on interest-bearing liabilities.

•We generated $2.7 million and $3.2 million of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The decrease in net income was primarily impacted by higher net-charge offs, which led to an increased provision for credit losses within our traditional banking portfolio.This increase in provision for credit losses had a negative impact on our after-tax net income for the period.

•Total assets decreased by $77.7 million to $899.4 million as of March 31, 2026 compared to December 31, 2025, principally due to decreases in interest-bearing cash deposits, loans held-for-sale and loans-held-for-investment.

Results of Operations

Net Income Overview

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated:

Three Months Ended March 31,
($ in thousands)20262025% Change
Interest income$33,541$18,53681.0%
Interest expense(5,451)(4,256)28.1%
Net interest income28,09014,28096.7%
Provision for credit losses(10,581)(3,336)217.2%
Non-interest income14,6277,81087.3%
Non-interest expense(28,338)(14,318)97.9%
Provision for income taxes(1,063)(1,247)(14.8)%
Net income$2,735$3,189(14.2)%

Net Interest Income and NIM

Net interest income was the primary contributor to our earnings in 2026 and 2025. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as “volume changes.” It

41

Table of Contents

is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

Net interest income increased for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025 primarily due to an increase in the Bank’s average balance of credit enhanced loans, an increase in average balances in the Strategic Program loans held-for-sale portfolio of $45.0 million, and a a change in estimate on the allocation of interest received on credit enhanced loans in excess of the amount FinWise retains. FinWise now estimates that all excess interest is attributable to servicing and credit guarantee expense where previously it had been estimated that a portion was attributable to originations costs, or finders fee, and was reported net in interest income.

NIM increased to 12.90% for the three months ended March 31, 2026 from 8.27% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 primarily attributable to the growth of the credit enhanced loan portfolio and the change in estimated allocation of the excess interest as previously described above and the average balance growth in the credit enhanced portfolio.

Average Balances and Yields. The following table presents average balances for assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, the resulting average yields and costs, and NIM. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing the annualized income or expense by the average balances for assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. The weighted average yields and rates include amortization of fees, costs, premiums and discounts, which are considered adjustments to yield/rates. Average balances have been calculated using daily averages.

[[GREPCENT_TABLE]]
[["","Three Months Ended March 31,"],["","2026","","2025"],["($ in thousands)","Average Balance","","Interest","","Average Yield/Cost","","Average Balance","","Interest","","Average Yield/Cost"],["Interest-earning assets:"],["Interest-bearing deposits","$","124,353","","","$","1,130","","","3.68","%","","$","92,794","","","$","991","","","4.33","%"],["Investment securities","37,428","","","339","","","3.68","%","","42,314","","","390","","","3.74","%"],["Loans held-for-sale","124,635","","","5,315","","","17.29","%","","79,612","","","4,264","","","21.72","%"],["Loans held-for-investment(1)","596,385","","","26,757","","","18.20","%","","485,780","","","12,891","","","10.76","%"],["Total interest-earning assets","882,801","","","33,541","","","15.41","%","","700,500","","","18,536","","","10.73","%"],["Noninterest-earning assets","66,275","","","","","","","54,184"],["Total assets","$","949,076","","","","","","","$","754,684"],["Interest-bearing liabilities:"],["Demand","$","80,662","","","$","667","","","3.35","%","","$","76,403","","","$","670","","","3.56","%"],["Savings","10,447","","","28","","","1.09","%","","9,247","","","7","","","0.30","%"],["Money market accounts","24,447","","","214","","","3.55","%","","17,884","","","163","","","3.70","%"],["Certi

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-03-23. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report.

Overview

FinWise Bancorp, Inc. is a Utah corporation and the parent company of FinWise Bank and FinWise Investment, LLC. The Company is a registered bank holding company that is subject to supervision by Utah Department of Financial Institutions (“UDFI”) and the Federal Reserve. The Company’s assets consist primarily of its investment in the Bank and all of its material business activities are conducted through the Bank. As a Utah state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is separately subject to regulations and supervision by both the UDFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank’s deposits are federally insured up to the maximum legal limits.

Our banking business is our only business line. Our banking business offers a diverse range of commercial and retail banking products and services, and consists primarily of originating loans in a variety of sectors. Attracting nationwide deposits from the general public, businesses and other financial institutions, and investing those deposits, together with borrowings, capital and other sources of funds, is also critical to our banking business. While our commercial and residential real estate lending and other products and services offered from our branch continue to be concentrated in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, our third-party loan origination relationships have allowed us to expand into markets across the United States. These relationships were developed to support our ability to generate significant loan volume across diverse consumer and commercial markets and have been the primary source of our growth and our consistent ability to operate profitability since developing our third-party loan origination business. Our track record has demonstrated that our products and delivery of the products help deliver sustainable asset growth and strong profitability, and that the characteristics of our business model enhances our ability to manage credit risk. We gather deposits in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA through our one branch and nationwide from our Strategic Program service providers, SBA 7(a) borrowers, institutional deposit exchanges, brokered deposit arrangements and other deposit sources.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend primarily on our ability to (i) originate loans and leases directly, or by using our strategic relationships with third-party loan origination platforms to earn interest and non-interest income, (ii) effectively manage credit and other risks throughout the Bank, (iii) attract and retain low cost, stable deposits, and (iv) efficiently operate in compliance with applicable regulations.

Our lending focuses on two main lending areas: (i) traditional lending which includes SBA 7(a) loans, residential and commercial real estate, and commercial leasing; and (ii) Strategic Programs lending which includes held-for-sale, credit enhanced, and retained loans. For a description and analysis of the Company’s loan categories, see “Financial Condition.”

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates are based on historical experience and other reasonable assumptions under current circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily determinable from other sources. We review these estimates regularly. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Management considers the determination of our allowance for credit losses to be a critical accounting estimate, as it involves making difficult, subjective, or complex judgments about inherently uncertain matters. Changes in this estimate, whether due to evolving circumstances from period to period or the use of other reasonable assumptions, could materially affect our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. For further details on our accounting policy related to this estimate, refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8.

Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”). The ACL represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. The ACL is evaluated and measured on a collective basis for loans that share similar risk characteristics. At each reporting date, we assess whether loans within a given pool continue to exhibit similar risk characteristics or whether certain loans should be evaluated individually. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of each loan, adjusted for expected prepayments. Accordingly, assumptions regarding loan life may have a

49

Table of Contents

significant impact on the ACL. The Company segments its loan portfolio in a manner consistent with how credit risk is managed.

The Company utilizes multiple approaches to estimate expected credit losses, depending on the loan segment:

•Approach: For certain loan segments, the Company applies a non-discounted cash flow approach using loan‑level assumptions and relevant information from internal and external sources related to historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts.

•Approach: For other loan segments, the Company employs a vintage‑based approach that evaluates cumulative loss performance by origination period. Expected losses for each product are anchored to the most severe loss experience observed for comparable vintages at a similar stage of seasoning. This methodology is designed to conservatively estimate losses over the life of the product, even for unseasoned vintages.

The ACL also includes qualitative reserves for expected losses that may not be fully captured by the quantitative models. Qualitative factors considered include, among others, general business and economic conditions, borrower financial condition, and the volume and severity of past‑due and nonaccrual loans. Based on this assessment, the Company records a provision for credit losses to maintain the ACL at a level deemed appropriate by management.

The determination of the ACL is considered a critical accounting estimate, as it requires significant judgment and the use of subjective assumptions, including management’s evaluation of overall portfolio quality. The Company maintains the ACL at an amount it believes is sufficient to cover expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of each balance sheet date. Changes in economic conditions or portfolio composition may result in fluctuations in the provision for credit losses.

The ACL increased from $13.2 million at December 31, 2024, to $36.8 million at December 31, 2025. This increase was primarily driven by growth in loan balances, including a significant increase in credit‑enhanced balances, which increased from $0.9 million at December 31, 2024 to $108.1 million at December 31, 2025. For additional information, see Note 3 – Loans to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8.

Changes in assumptions and estimates may materially affect the ACL and, in turn, the Company’s financial position, liquidity, and results of operations. To assess the sensitivity of the ACL to changes in key assumptions, management performed a hypothetical sensitivity analysis focused on the national unemployment forecast. All model inputs and assumptions were held constant except for unemployment, which was stressed from the baseline 12-month forecast provided by Fannie Mae (ranging from 4.5% to 4.6%) to a theoretical 9.0% over the full 12 month forecast period. Incorporating this stressed forecast into both the quantitative and qualitative components of the CECL framework resulted in an incremental $1.7 million increase in the ACL, representing an approximate 4.7% increase. This stressed forecast scenario would have the allowance to total loans and leases increase from 6.3% to 6.5% at December 31, 2025.

Executive Summary

This executive summary provides certain 2025 and 2024 consolidated financial highlights from the discussion and analysis that follows:

•Originations of total loans increased by $1.1 billion to $6.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. New strategic programs and organic growth through certain established strategic programs contributed to the increase in loan originations.

•Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 9.23% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 9.99% for the year ended December 31, 2024. NIM is impacted by income earned from interest-earning assets and interest costs incurred on interest-bearing liabilities.

•FinWise generated net income of $16.1 million and $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Net income increased as we benefited from the past investment in expansion of our product offerings.

•Total assets increased by $231.2 million to $977.1 million as of December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, principally in our Strategic Program loans held-for-sale and credit enhanced Strategic Program loans held-for-investment. We believe our strong capital levels support our current and planned growth strategy.

50

Table of Contents

Fintech Relationships and Program Launches

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we developed the following relationships and program offerings with fintech companies:

•We announced our new strategic lending program with Backd Business Funding (“Backd”) to provide business installment loans to small and medium-sized businesses. We also provided Backd with access to our credit enhanced balance sheet program.

•We entered into a strategic program agreement with DreamFi, Inc. to support underserved and underbanked communities.

•We entered into a program management, network issuer processor and servicer agreement with Tallied Technologies, Inc. (“Tallied”) with the intent to deliver credit card products and card processing solutions to Fintechs, their businesses, and their customers. As a result of this partnership, FinWise issued two Mastercard co-branded credit cards and purchased an existing credit card portfolio. FinWise will serve as the issuing bank, provide compliance and risk management oversight and credit enhanced balance sheet support for the card programs.

•Launched existing partner Plannery on MoneyRailsTM for payment servicing of loans that the Bank originates.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we entered into the following new strategic program relationships:

•FinWise Bank and Albert entered into a strategic partnership to jointly launch lending products.

•We enhanced our portfolio of private student loan products through our new strategic lending program with Earnest, to help students and their families with education financing.

•We announced our strategic payments program with FUTR Payments (formerly Hank Payments Corp.) to support automated payment processing and remittance capabilities.

•We announced our new strategic lending program with Plannery to offer a debt consolidation platform exclusively for healthcare professionals. Additionally, we are providing Plannery with access to our Credit Enhancement Program.

•We announced the launch of a new strategic lending program with PowerPay to offer consumers a simple and affordable lending solution for home improvement and elective health care purchases.

Our Payments (MoneyRails™) and Bank Identification Number (“BIN”) Sponsorship products which, together with our Strategic Programs, comprise the Bank’s Fintech Banking and Payment Solutions offerings. Payments (MoneyRails™) connects our customers to the Bank’s API-driven banking services ledger.

51

Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20252024
Interest income$92,478$74,352
Interest expense(20,295)(15,440)
Net interest income72,18358,912
Provision for credit losses(38,573)(11,573)
Non-interest income58,48322,485
Non-interest expense(70,333)(52,835)
Provision for income taxes(5,669)(4,247)
Net income$16,091$12,742

Net Interest Income and NIM

Net interest income was the primary contributor to our earnings in 2025 and 2024. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as “volume changes.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

Net interest income increased $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to volume increases in the loans held-for-investment and loans held-for-sale portfolios and was partially offset by increased volume in the certificates of deposit portfolio. Average interest-earning assets increased by $192.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, while the related yield on average interest earning assets decreased by 77 basis points to 11.83%. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $166.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, while the related cost of funds decreased 55 basis points to 4.02%.

NIM decreased to 9.23% for the year ended December 31, 2025 from 9.99% for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of our increased lending to lower risk borrowers with lower yields on loans as part of our strategy to reduce average credit risk in the loan portfolio, which was offset in part by the growth in the higher yielding credit enhanced portfolio of $107.2 million.

Average Balances and Yields. The following table presents average balances for assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, the resulting average yields and costs, and NIM. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing the annualized income or expense by the average balances for assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. The weighted average yields and rates include amortization of fees, costs, premiums and discounts, which are considered adjustments to yield/rates. Average balances have been calculated using daily averages. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and represent net fees of approximately $2.0 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

52

Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31,
20252024
($ in thousands)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/RateAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits$93,107$3,9024.19%$87,086$4,5635.24%
Investment securities40,4491,4893.68%26,6918973.36%
Loans held-for-sale112,77821,88419.40%58,89617,69830.05%
Loans held-for-investment(1)535,67165,20312.17%417,20751,19412.27%
Total interest-earning assets782,00592,47811.83%589,88074,35212.60%
Noninterest-earning assets57,48447,598
Total assets$839,489$637,478
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand$71,824$2,5423.54%$59,317$2,1083.55%
Savings10,7681231.14%9,574660.69%
Money market accounts20,3767633.75%12,2844523.68%
Certificates of deposit401,30216,8674.20%256,57512,8144.99%
Total deposits504,27020,2954.02%337,75015,4404.57%
Other borrowings130.05%1260.34%
Total interest-bearing liabilities504,28320,2954.02%337,87615,4404.57%
Noninterest-bearing deposits125,490107,760
Noninterest-bearing liabilities28,05526,634
Shareholders’ equity181,661165,208
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$839,489$637,478
Net interest income and interest rate spread(2)$72,1837.80%$58,9128.03%
Net interest margin(3)9.23%9.99%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities155.07%174.58%

(1) Loans placed on nonaccrual status are included in loan balances. See “Nonperforming Assets” below.

(2) Interest spread is the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, less the weighted average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities.

(3) Net interest margin is net interest income, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income based on average balances. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in average rate. The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in average volume. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both average rate and average volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

53

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
2025 vs. 2024
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in
($ in thousands)RateVolumeTotal
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks$(1,010)$349$(661)
Investment securities92500592
Loans held-for-sale(2,645)6,8314,186
Loans held-for-investment(407)14,41614,009
Total interest income(3,970)22,09618,126
Interest expense:
Demand(6)440434
Savings48957
Money market accounts9302311
Certificates of deposit(1,581)5,6344,053
Other borrowings
Total interest-bearing liabilities(1,530)6,3854,855
Net interest income$(2,440)$15,711$13,271

Provision for Credit Losses

The following table presents the components of the provision for credit losses for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20252024$%
Provision for credit losses:
Strategic Program loans - with credit enhancement$23,924$111$23,81321,453.2%
Strategic Program loans - without credit enhancement8,6117,72988211.4%
All other loans5,9443,4082,53674.4%
Provision for credit losses on loans38,47911,24827,231242.1%
Provision for unfunded commitments94325(231)(71.1)%
Provision for credit losses$38,573$11,573$27,000233.3%

The provision for credit losses is a charge to income to bring our ACL to a level deemed appropriate by management and approved by our board of directors. We determine the provision for credit losses monthly in connection with our evaluation of the adequacy of our ACL. For a description of the factors we considered in determining the ACL see Allowance for credit losses presented in Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies included in Part II, Item 8.

The increase in the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024 resulted primarily from growth in the credit enhancement loan portfolio as well as higher net charge-offs resulting from the adoption of more conservative servicing and administration standards which prompted an accelerated classification of nonperforming loans and charge-offs.

54

Table of Contents

Non-interest Income

The following table presents the major categories of non-interest income for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20252024$%
Non-interest income:
Strategic Program fees$22,024$17,762$4,26224.0%
Gain on sale of loans, net6,3732,0364,337213.0%
SBA loan servicing fees, net(156)1,137(1,293)(113.7)%
Change in fair value on investment in BFG1,300(625)1,925308.0%
Credit enhancement income23,92411123,81321,453.2%
Other miscellaneous income5,0182,0642,954143.1%
Total non-interest income$58,483$22,485$35,998160.1%

The increase in total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to increases in credit enhanced loan balances of $107.2 million which generated higher credit enhancement income. Additionally, the increased sales of the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans led to an increase in gains on loan sales, while higher originations resulted in increased Strategic Program fees. Other miscellaneous income also increased, largely because of a charge in the prior year period of $0.9 million to remove unamortized broker premiums upon calling $160.0 million of callable certificates of deposits, an increase in dividends received from our investment in BFG of $0.9 million as well as an increase in operating lease rental income of $1.0 million. Offsetting these non-interest income increases in part was a decrease in SBA loan servicing fees, net, due to an increase in the provision for SBA servicing losses resulting from a change in assumptions used in valuing the SBA servicing asset.

Non-interest Expense

Non-interest expense has increased as we have grown and as we have expanded and modernized our operational infrastructure and continued to implement our plan to build an efficient, integrated fintech banking operation with significant capacity for growth.

The following table presents the major categories of non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20252024$%
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits$42,288$35,205$7,08320.1%
Professional services3,6304,736(1,106)(23.4)%
Occupancy and equipment expenses1,8772,179(302)(13.9)%
Credit enhancement servicing expense1,22211,221112,134.6%
Credit enhancement guarantee expense8,53388,525111,846.3%
Other operating expenses12,78310,7062,07719.4%
Total non-interest expense$70,333$52,835$17,49833.1%

The increase in total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily due to an increase in credit enhancement program expenses related to growth in credit enhanced loans and an increase in salaries and employee benefits of which $1.7 million was attributable to the amortization of deferred compensation awards incurred to retain and motivate our employees. The increases in other operating expenses were primarily due to expenditures on computer software of $1.5 million and operating lease depreciation of $0.8 million.

55

Table of Contents

Partially offsetting these non-interest expense increases was a decrease in professional services primarily resulting from a reduction in contract services of $1.0 million connected to the development of various programs that launched during 2025.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes totaled $5.7 million at an effective tax rate of 26.1% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $4.2 million at an effective tax rate of 25.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in provision for income taxes and the effective tax rate from the prior year period was principally due to an increase in the exclusion of compensation expense for highly compensated individuals and the apportionment of income between states with various tax rates.

Net Income

The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, was primarily the result of the factors discussed in the foregoing sections.

Segment Results

As further described in Note 17, Segments, in Part I, Item 8 of this Report, during the third quarter of 2025, we implemented segment reporting following the completion of a technology initiative to capture segment-specific financial data and develop reports used by our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to review our financial performance and determine how to allocate resources. Our operations are comprised of three reportable segments: traditional banking, banking as a service and treasury and administration.

The traditional banking segment provides loan and deposit products and services to consumers and businesses nationally and in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA. The BaaS segment provides lending, card and payments solutions nationally to fintech brands. The treasury and administration segment consists of investments, deposits sourced nationally to support the business segments, interest charged to the traditional banking and BaaS segments on funding provided to those businesses, and other items not specific to the traditional banking or BaaS segments.

For periods prior to July 1, 2025, our operations were managed and reported as a single segment, and historical financial data by segment was not maintained. Accordingly, it is not practicable to present segment information for prior periods. In the segment reporting below, a non-GAAP subtotal is shown, captioned “Income before other operating expense allocation”. That subtotal presents an income subtotal before consideration of allocated corporate expenses which might be fixed, semi-fixed or otherwise resist changes without regard to a particular line of business. The following table provides segment information for the period indicated (dollars in thousands):

For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
Traditional BankingBaaSTreasury/OtherIntersegment Eliminations(1)Total
Interest income$33,438$53,673$18,611$(13,244)$92,478
Interest expense13,9922,95716,590(13,244)20,295
Net interest income19,44650,7162,02172,183
Non-interest income12,44844,5822,80459,834
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and benefits4,2418,95181814,010
Other non-interest expense5,38914,34034620,075
Provision for credit losses5,91732,65638,573
Income before other operating expense allocations16,34739,3513,66159,359
Other operating expense allocations12,45025,14937,599
Income before taxes3,89714,2023,66121,760
Income tax expense1,0153,7009545,669
Net income$2,882$10,502$2,707$$16,091

56

Table of Contents

(1) Interest income and expense are allocated to segments based on their respective funding requirements using an internal transfer pricing methodology. The treasury and administration segment earns interest income from providing funds to the traditional banking and BaaS segments, and incurs interest expense for the deposits or borrowings obtained to support the businesses. The internal interest flows are eliminated at the consolidated level through the intersegment/eliminations column.

The BaaS segment’s strong performance for the year ended December 31, 2025 underscores the success of our Strategic Program initiatives, while traditional banking continues to provide a stable business. Treasury and administration remains focused on optimizing liquidity and supporting the funding needs of our other operating segments.

Looking ahead, we expect continued growth in BaaS as we expand our fintech partnerships and product offerings. Traditional banking performance will be influenced by interest rate trends and treasury and administration will remain focused on optimizing liquidity and supporting business growth. We continue to monitor regulatory developments and market conditions that may impact segment performance.

Financial Condition

The following table summarizes selected components of our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

As of December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20252024$%
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks$151,318$99,562$51,75652.0%
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value27,75529,930(2,175)(7.3)%
Investment securities held-to-maturity, net9,92712,565(2,638)(21.0)%
Strategic Program loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value146,47391,58854,88559.9%
Loans held-for-investment, net541,551447,81293,73920.9%
Total assets977,135745,976231,15931.0%
Deposits754,561544,952209,60938.5%
Total liabilities783,940572,256211,68437.0%
Total shareholders' equity193,195173,72019,47511.2%
Total equity to total assets19.8%23.3%(3.5)%

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

The increase in interest-bearing deposits in other banks from December 31, 2025 to December 31, 2024, was primarily due to deposits received in late December from strategic partners with student loan programs in anticipation of increased activity in January 2026. Aside from minimal balances held with our correspondent banks, the majority of our interest-bearing deposits are held at the Federal Reserve.

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital requirements.

We classify investment securities as either held-to-maturity (“HTM”) or available-for-sale (“AFS”) based on our intentions and our ability to hold such securities until maturity. In determining such classifications, securities that we have the intent and the ability to hold until maturity are classified as HTM and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are designated as AFS and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity on an after-tax basis.

57

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the weighted-average yields of our investment securities at December 31, 2025. The weighted average yield of investment securities was calculated using the sum of all interest that the investments generate, divided by the average book value. There are no tax-exempt securities.

1 Year or Less1 - 5 Years5 - 10 YearsOver 10 YearsTotal
Securities available-for-sale:
U.S. Treasuries4.32%4.18%%%4.19%
Securities held-to-maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities%3.34%1.33%1.80%1.82%
Collateralized mortgage obligations%3.14%%2.53%2.61%
Total4.32%4.14%1.33%2.22%3.66%

There were no sales or transfers of investment securities between classifications during the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

At December 31, 2025, there were seventeen securities, consisting of eight collateralized mortgage obligations and nine mortgage-backed securities, in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2025 and twenty-two securities, consisting of four U.S. Treasuries, eight collateralized mortgage obligations and ten mortgage-backed securities, in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2024.

Strategic Program Loans Held-for-Sale

We, through our Strategic Program service providers, offer unsecured and secured consumer and business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles nationwide. Loans originated through these programs are limited to predetermined Bank underwriting criteria, which has been approved by our board of directors. We generally retain the loans and/or receivables for one to four business days after origination before selling the loans and/or receivables to the Strategic Program provider or another investor. Interest income is earned by us while holding the loans. These loans are classified as held-for-sale on the balance sheet and measured at the lower of cost or market.

Our Strategic Program loans held-for-sale increased $54.9 million as of December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, primarily as a result of greater hold periods for new originations for certain programs and a higher level of originations in 2025 compared to 2024.

Loans Held-for-Investment Portfolio

Through our diversification efforts we have built a portfolio that we believe positions us to withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries and loan types that have historically lower loss rates such as professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), non-store retailers (e-commerce), and ambulatory healthcare services.

58

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our gross loan portfolio held-for-investment by loan program as of the periods indicated:

As of December 31,
20252024
($ in thousands)Amount% of total loansAmount% of total loans
SBA(1)$205,61535.1%$255,05654.8%
Commercial leases78,74313.4%70,15315.1%
Commercial, non real estate4,2010.7%3,6910.8%
Residential real estate59,60210.2%51,57411.1%
Strategic Program loans:
Strategic Program loans - with credit enhancement108,13118.5%8910.2%
Strategic Program loans - without credit enhancement21,6373.7%19,2314.1%
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied84,01614.3%41,0468.8%
Non-owner occupied1,6380.3%1,3790.3%
Consumer21,9263.8%22,2124.8%
Total loans held-for-investment, gross$585,509100.0%$465,233100.0%

(1)SBA loans as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 include $102.7 million and $158.7 million, respectively, of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA.

We manage our loan portfolio based on factors that include concentrations per loan program and aggregated portfolio, industry of operation and geographies. We also monitor the impact of identified and estimated losses on capital as well as the pricing characteristics of each product. The following provides a general description and the risk characteristics relevant to each of our loan products. Each loan is assigned a risk grade during the origination and closing process by credit administration personnel based on criteria described later in this section. We analyze the resulting ratings, as well as other external statistics and factors such as delinquency, to track the migration performance of the portfolio balances. This ratings analysis is performed at least quarterly.

SBA

We originate and service loans partially guaranteed by the SBA under its Section 7(a) loan program for small businesses and professionals throughout the United States. Through our diversification efforts, we have built an SBA 7(a) portfolio that we believe positions us to better withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries such as non-store retailers (e-commerce), ambulatory healthcare services, professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), and merchant wholesalers.

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had total SBA 7(a) loans of $205.6 million and $255.1 million, respectively, representing 35.1% and 54.8% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Loans are sourced primarily through our referral relationship with BFG. Although BFG actively markets throughout the United States, we have developed a lending presence in the New York and New Jersey geographies due to its physical location in New York. The maximum SBA 7(a) loan amount is $5.0 million. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. These loans may be secured by commercial and residential mortgages as well as liens on business assets. In addition to typical underwriting metrics, we review the nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business and management experience to help us target loans that we believe have lower credit risk. The SBA 7(a) program generally provides 50%, 75%, 85% and 90% guarantees for eligible SBA 7(a) loans. The guaranty is conditional and covers a portion of the risk of payment default by the borrower, but not the risk of improper underwriting, closing or servicing by the lender. As such, prudent underwriting, closing and servicing processes are essential to effective utilization of the SBA 7(a) program. Historically, we have generally sold the SBA-guaranteed portion (typically 75% of the principal balance) of a majority of the loans we originate at a premium in the secondary market while retaining all servicing rights and the unguaranteed portion. In light of suppressed gain-on-sale premiums and increasing variable loan rates during 2023, we retained on our balance sheet a greater percentage of the guaranteed portion of certain SBA loans that we originated than we have historically, which we believe will benefit us through stronger government guaranteed held-for-investment

59

Table of Contents

loan growth and an increased recurring stream of interest income and partially offset the decline in gain-on-sale revenue. During the third quarter of 2024 and considering the wider spreads on sale of SBA loans available, FinWise resumed selling limited amounts of SBA loans.

Commercial leases

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had total commercial leases of $78.7 million and $70.2 million, respectively, representing 13.4% and 15.1% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Underwriting for smaller credit requests is generally scorecard-based. Underwriting for smaller credit requests from customers is generally based on an internal credit scorecard, incorporating several customer and structure attributes including: severity and aging of delinquency; number of credit inquiries; loan-to-value ratio; term; and payment-to-income ratio. We periodically update our underwriting scorecard, which can have an impact on our credit tier scoring. Underwriting for larger credit requests from customers is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source considered is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are also underwriting considerations. These leases are generally secured by liens on business assets leased or purchased with our funds. Historically, we have retained these leases on our balance sheet for investment; however, we may sell leases to certain purchasers from time to time.

Commercial, non-real estate

Commercial non-real estate loans consist of loans and leases made to commercial enterprises that are not secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had total commercial non-real estate loans of $4.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, representing 0.7% and 0.8% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Any loan, lease, line of credit, or letter of credit (including any unfunded commitments) and any interest obtained in such loans made by another lender to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, not secured by real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes are included in this category. For example, commercial vehicle term loans and commercial working capital term loans are included in this product loan category. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. These loans are generally secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Residential real estate

Residential real estate loans include construction, lot and land development loans that are for the purpose of acquisition and development of property to be improved through the construction of residential buildings, and loans secured by other residential real estate. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had total residential real estate loans of $59.6 million and $51.6 million, respectively, representing 10.2% and 11.1% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Construction loans are usually paid off through the conversion to permanent financing from third-party lending institutions. Lot loans may be paid off as the borrower converts to a construction loan. At the completion of the construction project, if the loan is converted to permanent financing by us or if scheduled loan amortization begins, it is then reclassified from construction to single-family dwelling. Underwriting of construction and development loans typically includes analysis of the general market conditions associated with the area and type of project being funded in addition to the borrower’s financial condition and ability to meet the required debt obligation. These loans are generally secured by mortgages for residential property located primarily in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, and we obtain guarantees from responsible parties. Historically, we have retained these loans on our consolidated balance sheets for investment.

Strategic Program loans

Through our Strategic Program service providers, we issue unsecured and secured consumer and business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles nationwide. Although we have generally sold most of these loans, we may choose to hold more of the funded loans and/or receivables based on a number of factors including the amount of our available capital. Loans originated through the Strategic Program are limited to predetermined Bank underwriting criteria, which has been approved by our board of directors. The primary form of repayment on these loans is from the borrower’s personal or business cash flow. Secured loans are secured by liens on consumer or business assets, as applicable. We reserve the right to sell any portion of funded loans and/or receivables directly to the Strategic Program service providers or

60

Table of Contents

other investors. We generally retain the legal right to service all these loans, but contract with the Strategic Program service provider or another approved sub-servicer to service these loans on our behalf.

Strategic Program loans with credit enhancement

The Strategic Program loans with credit enhancement are distinct from our traditional loan portfolio in that the sponsoring fintech company guarantees the credit and fraud losses associated with these loans. Credit enhanced Strategic Program loans totaled $108.1 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, representing 18.5% and 0.2% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. This significant increase reflects the expansion of the credit enhanced program and its impact on our balance sheet. The Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this report below further details the impact of the credit enhancement program on our allowance for credit losses and related non-GAAP financial measures.

Strategic Program loans without credit enhancement

Strategic Program loans without credit enhancement totaled $21.6 million and $19.2 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, representing 3.7% and 4.1% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Unlike the credit enhanced loans, these non-credit enhanced loans do not benefit from a third-party guarantee or indemnification of credit and fraud losses by the Strategic Program service provider. As a result, the Bank retains the full credit and fraud losses associated with these loans, and they are subject to our standard credit risk management, monitoring, and allowance for credit losses under the CECL model. The accounting for non-credit enhanced Strategic Program loans is consistent with our other held-for-investment loan portfolios. While the non-credit enhanced Strategic Program loans represent a smaller portion of our overall loan portfolio, they provide additional diversification and support our broader fintech strategy.

Commercial real estate

Commercial real estate loans include loans to individuals, sole proprietors, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, secured by real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had total commercial real estate loans of $85.7 million and $42.4 million, respectively, representing 14.6% and 9.1% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Of these amounts, $84.0 million and $41.0 million represented owner occupied properties as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. In addition to real estate, these loans may also be secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Consumer

Consumer lending provides financing for personal, family, or household purposes on a nationwide basis. Most of these loans are originated through our loan origination system platform and come from a variety of sources, including other approved merchant or dealer relationships and lending platforms. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had total consumer loans of $21.9 million and $22.2 million, respectively, representing 3.8% and 4.8% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. We use a debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratio test to determine whether an applicant will be able to service the debt. The DTI ratio compares the applicant’s anticipated monthly expenses and total monthly obligations to the applicant’s monthly gross income. Our policy is to limit the DTI ratio to 45% after calculating interest payments related to the new loan. Loan officers, at their discretion, may make exceptions to this ratio if the loan is within their authorized lending limit. DTI ratios of no more than 50% may be approved subject to an increase in interest rate. Strong offsetting factors such as higher discretionary income or large down payments are used to justify exceptions to these guidelines. All exceptions are documented and reported. While the loans are generally for the purchase of goods which may afford us a purchase money security interest, these loans are underwritten as if they were unsecured. On larger loans, we may file a Uniform Commercial Code financing form. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

61

Table of Contents

Loan Maturity

The following table details the contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and variable rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2025:

As of December 31, 2025Remaining Contractual Maturity Held-for-Investment
($ in thousands)One Year or LessAfter One Year and Through Five YearsAfter Five Years and Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Fixed rate loans:
SBA$355$1,420$2,783$1,316$5,874
Commercial leases23,82554,13578278,742
Commercial, non-real estate9992,9372654,201
Residential real estate6,8386,15612,994
Strategic Program loans120,2269,518231129,768
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied2,2574,7667,023
Non-owner occupied177485924521,638
Consumer6,15314,1721,59921,924
Subtotal fixed rate loans160,83093,5896,3761,369262,164
Variable rate loans:
SBA16,43364,75781,56636,985199,741
Commercial leases
Commercial, non-real estate
Residential real estate42,2182,7421,64846,608
Strategic Program loans
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied8,18532,44533,8882,47576,993
Non-owner occupied
Consumer33
Subtotal variable rate loans66,83999,944117,10239,460323,345
Total$227,669$193,533$123,478$40,829$585,509

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were contractually due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether such loans are actually past due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due unless they are both well secured and in the process of collection. We also place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent recoveries received (either from payments received from the customer, derived from the disposition of collateral or from legal action, such as judgment enforcement) exceed liquidation expenses incurred and outstanding principal.

62

Table of Contents

A nonaccrual asset may be restored to accrual status when (1) none of its principal and interest is due and unpaid, and we expect repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, or (2) when asset otherwise becomes well secured and is not in the process of collection.

Any loan, or portion of a loan, which we deem to be uncollectible is charged off to the extent of the anticipated loss. In general, the reported balance of commercial loans that are past due for 90 days or more are reduced to the estimated net realizable value. Consumer loans and credit card balances are charged off at no later than 120 days and 180 days, respectively. We believe our disciplined lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our loan officers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

We had a total of $43.7 million in nonperforming assets, which included $0.5 million in material loan modifications, at December 31, 2025. The amount of nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2025 includes $24.2 million of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. We had $36.5 million in nonperforming assets, which included $0.8 million in material loan modifications, at December 31, 2024. The amount of nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2024 includes $19.2 million of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. The increase in nonperforming assets and material loan modifications from the prior year was primarily attributable to the increase in the SBA 7(a) loan portfolio being classified as nonaccrual mainly due to the negative impact of sustained elevated interest rates on our small business borrowers. Due to elevated interest rates, the slowdown of consumer spending and the variable rate nature of our SBA portfolio, the risk of default has become and continues to be elevated and may result in additional delinquencies in future periods.

Our Strategic Program service providers also provide for loan modifications to borrowers. The service providers are authorized to make the loan modifications without prior FinWise consent to react immediately to borrower contact and optimize collections. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the balance of outstanding loan modifications was approximately $0.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Credit Risk Profile

We believe that we underwrite loans carefully and thoroughly, limiting our lending activities to those products and services where we have the resources and expertise to lend profitably without undue credit risk. We require all loans to conform to our underwriting policies (or otherwise be identified as exceptions to policy and monitored and reported on, at minimum, quarterly) and be granted on a sound basis. Loans are made with a primary emphasis on loan profitability, credit risk and concentration exposures.

We are proactive in our approach to identifying and resolving problem loans and are focused on working with the borrowers and guarantors of problem loans to provide loan modifications when warranted. When considering how to best diversify our loan portfolio, we consider several factors including our aggregate and product-line specific concentration risks, our business line expertise, and the ability of our infrastructure to appropriately support the product. While certain product lines generate higher net charge-offs, our exposure is carefully monitored and mitigated by our concentration policies and reserved for by the credit loss allowance we maintain. Specifically, retention of certain Strategic Program loans with higher default rates accounts for a disproportionate amount of our charge-offs. In addition to our oversight of the credit policies and processes associated with these programs, we limit within our concentration policies the aggregate exposure of these loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, carefully monitor certain vintage loss-indicative factors such as first payment default and marketing channels, and appropriately provision for these balances so that the cumulative charge-off rates remain consistent with management expectations. While the level of nonperforming assets fluctuates in response to changing economic and market conditions, the relative size and composition of the loan portfolio, and our management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets, we believe our proactive stance to early identification and intervention is the key to successfully managing our loan portfolio.

Accurate and timely loan risk grading is considered a critical component of an effective credit risk management system. Loan grades take into consideration the borrower’s financial condition, industry trends, and the economic environment. Loan risk grades are changed as necessary to reflect the risk inherent in the loan. Among other things, we use loan risk grading information for loan pricing, risk and collection management and determining credit loss reserve adequacy. Further, on a quarterly basis, the Loan Committee holds a Loan Risk Grade meeting, to review all loans in our portfolio for accurate risk grading. Any required changes to the loan risk grading are made after the Loan Risk Grade meeting to provide

63

Table of Contents

for accurate reporting. Reporting is achieved in Loan Committee minutes, which minutes are reviewed by the Board. We supplement credit department supervision of the loan underwriting, approval, closing, servicing and risk grading process with periodic loan reviews by risk department personnel specific to the testing of controls.

We use a grading system to rank the quality of each loan. The grade is periodically evaluated and adjusted as performance dictates. Internal loan grades are based on current financial information, historical payment experience, and credit documentation, among other factors. The following guidelines govern the assignment of these risk grades. We do not currently grade Strategic Program loans held-for-investment due to their small balances and similar characteristics. As credit quality for Strategic Program loans have been highly correlated with delinquency levels, the Strategic Program loans are evaluated collectively for impairment.

Pass - A Pass asset is higher quality and does not fit any of the other categories described below. The likelihood of loss is believed to be remote.

Watch – A Watch asset may be a larger loan or one that places a heavier reliance on collateral due to the relative financial strength of the borrower. The assets may be maintenance intensive requiring closer monitoring. The obligor is believed to have an adequate primary source of repayment. New loans pursuant to the SBA 7(a) program are classified as watch loans until they have a demonstrated period of satisfactory performance, typically 18 months.

Special Mention – A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that may be temporary or, if left uncorrected, may result in a loss. While concerns exist, we believe that it is currently protected against a default and loss is considered unlikely and not imminent.

Substandard – A Substandard asset is believed to be inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified have identified weaknesses and are characterized by the possibility that we may sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful - A doubtful asset has an existing weakness or weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts and conditions, highly questionable and improbable.

Loss - A loss asset has an existing weakness or weaknesses that render the loan uncollectible and of such little value that continuing to carry as an asset on our books is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical nor desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Not Rated - For certain Strategic Program and consumer loans, we do not evaluate and risk rate the loans in the same manner as other loans in our portfolio. The Not Rated loans are typically homogenous, smaller dollar balances approved using abridged underwriting methods that allow us to streamline the loan approval process and increase efficiency. Credit quality for Strategic Program loans has been highly correlated with delinquency levels.

See Note 3 - Loans to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information on the credit quality of our loans held-for-investment (“LHFI”) portfolio.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The estimate of credit loss incorporates assumptions for both the likelihood and amount of funding over the estimated life of the commitments, including adjustments for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Management periodically reviews and updates its assumptions for estimated funding rates. Our judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available and as situations and information change. We evaluate the ACL on at least a quarterly basis and take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and current economic conditions and trends that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. The quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ACL is reviewed by regulatory examinations and our auditors.

Credit losses are charged against the ACL when we believe that the collectability of the principal loan balance is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ACL when received. The amortized cost basis of loans does not include accrued interest receivable, which is included in accrued interest receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income is a combination of the provision for credit losses and the provision for unfunded loan commitments.

64

Table of Contents

The following tables present a summary of changes in the ACL for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20252024
ACL:
Beginning balance$13,176$12,888
Provision for credit losses38,47911,248
Charge-offs
Construction and land development
Residential real estate(954)(297)
Residential real estate multifamily
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied(1,832)(1,039)
Non-owner occupied(221)
Commercial and industrial(933)(889)
Consumer(559)(134)
Commercial leases(294)(293)
Strategic Program loans(11,841)(9,796)
Recoveries
Construction and land development
Residential real estate1165
Residential real estate multifamily
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied153334
Non-owner occupied
Commercial and industrial1517
Consumer186
Commercial leases2992
Strategic Program loans1,3281,195
Ending balance$36,796$13,176

The following table shows the allocation of the ACL and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans as of December 31, 2025, and 2024. The ACL related to Strategic Programs constitutes 77.0% and 47.8% of the total ACL while comprising 22.2% and 4.3%, respectively, of total loans held-for-investment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The percentage of ACL related to Strategic Program loans retained reflects the increased credit risks associated with certain retained Strategic Program loans.

65

Table of Contents

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)AmountPercent of Loans in Category to Total LoansAmountPercent of Loans in Category to Total Loans
Construction and land development$9708.4%$3749.1%
Residential real estate7779.6%78813.2%
Residential real estate multifamily620.5%380.4%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied3,26736.0%2,83440.9%
Non-owner occupied1041.6%1132.8%
Commercial and industrial7734.5%7009.5%
Consumer6793.7%6384.8%
Commercial leases1,83813.5%1,38715.0%
Strategic Program loans:
Strategic Program loans - with credit enhancement22,39618.5%1110.2%
Strategic Program loans - without credit enhancement5,9303.7%6,1934.1%
Total$36,796100.0%$13,176100.0%

The following table reflects the ratios of the ACL to total LHFI, nonaccrual loans to total LHFI, and the ACL to nonaccrual loans by CECL loan category as of December 31, 2025:

ACL to Total LHFINonaccrual loans to Total LHFIACL to Nonaccrual loans
Construction and land development2.0%4.7%42.4%
Residential real estate1.4%19.9%6.9%
Residential real estate multifamily2.0%%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1.6%11.3%13.7%
Non-owner occupied1.1%28.8%3.8%
Commercial and industrial2.9%8.6%34.4%
Consumer3.1%0.2%1,297.1%
Commercial leases2.3%1.1%214.0%
Strategic Program loans21.8%%%
Total6.3%7.4%85.1%

66

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the ratios of the ACL to total LHFI, nonaccrual loans to total LHFI, and the ACL to nonaccrual loans by CECL loan category as of December 31, 2024:

($ in thousands)ACL to Total LHFINonaccrual to Total LHFIACL to Nonaccrual loans
Construction and land development0.9%%%
Residential real estate1.3%11.8%10.9%
Residential real estate multifamily2.3%%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1.5%12.4%12.0%
Non-owner occupied0.9%21.8%4.1%
Commercial and industrial1.6%4.0%39.2%
Consumer2.9%%%
Commercial leases2.0%0.5%385.4%
Strategic Program loans31.3%%%
Total2.8%7.7%36.9%

When comparing December 31, 2025 to December 31, 2024, the increase in ACL to total LHFI was primarily due to the growth in the credit enhanced loans included in the Strategic Program loans held-for-investment. The decrease in nonaccrual loans to total loans held-for-investment from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 was primarily due to the growth in the loans held-for-investment portfolio. The increase in the ACL to nonaccrual loans ratio as shown above primarily pertained to growth in the credit enhanced loans included in the Strategic Program loans held-for-investment offset in part by the increase in nonaccrual loans, concentrated in the SBA product.

The following table summarizes net charge-offs (“NCO”), average loans and the ratio of NCO to average loans for the periods indicated:

Years Ended
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)NetCharge-Offs (Recoveries)Average LoansNCO (Recovery) to Average LoansNet Charge- Offs (Recoveries)Average LoansNCO (Recovery) to Average Loans
Construction and land development$$48,971%$$31,558%
Residential real estate94359,9331.6%23254,9640.4%
Residential real estate multifamily2,231%1,219%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1,679222,5840.8%705190,2140.4%
Non-owner occupied11,936%22116,4071.3%
Commercial and industrial91840,8262.2%87231,0652.8%
Consumer54123,8862.3%12816,4780.8%
Lease financing receivables26543,4100.6%20156,6750.4%
Strategic Program loans10,51381,89412.8%8,60118,62746.2%
Total$14,859$535,6712.8%$10,960$417,2072.6%

The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category increased slightly during the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, due primarily to a higher growth rate in the average balances of Strategic Program loans related to the credit enhanced program when compared to the growth rate of net charge-offs in that program.

67

Table of Contents

Total Assets

Total assets at December 31, 2025 were $977.1 million, an increase of $231.2 million from December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was due primarily to increases in loans held-for-investment, net, of $93.7 million, Strategic Program loans held-for-sale of $54.9 million, interest-bearing cash deposits of $51.8 million, and credit enhancement asset of $22.3 million. The increased loan balances are generally consistent with our strategy to grow the loan portfolio with higher quality lower risk assets.

Deposits

Deposits are the major source of funding for us. We offer a variety of deposit products including interest and noninterest bearing demand accounts, HSA demand deposits, money market and savings accounts and certificates of deposit, all of which we market at competitive pricing. We generate deposits from our customers on a relationship basis and through access to national institutional and brokered deposit sources. We also generate deposits in relation to our Strategic Programs in the form of reserve accounts as discussed above. These deposits add an element of flexibility in that they tend to increase or decrease in relation to the size of our Strategic Program loan portfolio. In addition to the reserve account, some Strategic Program loan originators maintain operating deposit accounts with us.

The following table presents the end of period balances of our deposit portfolio for the periods indicated:

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)TotalPercentTotalPercent
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$168,44222.3%$126,78223.3%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand74,8179.9%71,40313.1%
Savings11,0171.5%9,2871.7%
Money markets22,0172.9%16,7093.0%
Time certificates of deposit478,26863.4%320,77158.9%
Total period end deposits$754,561100.0%$544,952100.0%

The increase in total deposits as of December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, was primarily due to an increase in brokered time deposits of $153.4 million, which were added to fund loan growth and increase balance sheet liquidity. Additionally, noninterest bearing demand deposits increased $41.7 million, primarily related to collateral deposits by certain strategic programs in anticipation of increased volumes in student loan fundings in January 2026.

As an FDIC-insured institution, our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 for most deposit accounts and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. Our total estimated uninsured deposits were $204.1 million and $183.2 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Estimated uninsured deposits at the Bank as of December 31, 2025 include $62.1 million of total deposits contractually required to be maintained at the Bank pursuant to our Strategic Program agreements and an additional $58.2 million of total deposits associated with accounts owned by the parent holding company or the Bank. The maturity profile of our estimated uninsured time deposits, those amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit, at December 31, 2025 is as follows:

December 31, 2025
($ in thousands)Three months or lessMore than three months to six monthsMore than six months to twelve monthsMore than twelve monthsTotal
Time deposits, uninsured$277$1,779$605$1,585$4,246

Total Liabilities

Total liabilities increased from $572.3 million at December 31, 2024 to $783.9 million at December 31, 2025 primarily due to an increase in deposits as discussed above.

68

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Management

Liquidity management is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, the sale of loans, principal repayments and interest on loans and net profits. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, loan prepayments, loan sales and security sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition.

Our primary source of funds to support new loan originations are deposits. Deposits are comprised of core and non-core deposits. To attract core deposits from local and nationwide consumer and commercial markets, we have paid rates at the higher end of the market. We have been able to pay higher rates due to the higher rates earned on our loan portfolio. We utilize rate listing services and website advertising to attract deposits from consumer and commercial sources. Non-core deposits generally include brokered deposits and deposits acquired through the utilization of a listing service.

We intend to have various term offerings to match our funding needs. With no current plans to expand our brick-and-mortar branch network, online and mobile banking offers a means to meet customer needs and aggregate deposits more efficiently compared to a traditional branch network. We believe that the rise of mobile and online banking provides us the opportunity to further leverage the technological competency we have demonstrated in recent years.

We regularly adjust our investment in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management, funds management and liquidity policies. The objective of our liquidity policy is to control the risk to our earnings and capital arising from the inability to meet obligations in a timely manner. This entails ensuring sufficient funds are available at all times and at a reasonable cost to meet potential demands from both fund providers and borrowers.

We primarily utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities. At December 31, 2025, we had the ability to access $193.8 million from the Federal Reserve Bank on a collateralized basis. The Bank had an available unsecured line of credit with three correspondent banks to borrow up to $16.1 million in overnight funds. We also maintain a $20.5 million line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank, secured by specific pledged loans. We had no outstanding balances on any unsecured or secured lines of credit as of December 31, 2025.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2025, liquid assets (defined as cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits) totaled $163.4 million and constituted 16.7% of total assets. We believe that our liquid assets combined with the available lines of credit and our ability to generate core and non-core funding provides adequate liquidity to meet our current financial obligations for at least the next 12 months.

Capital Resources

We seek to maintain adequate capital to support anticipated asset growth, operating needs and unexpected risks, and to ensure that we are in compliance with all current and anticipated regulatory capital guidelines. Our primary sources of new capital include retained earnings and proceeds from the sale and issuance of capital stock or other securities. Expected future use or activities for which capital may be set aside include balance sheet growth and associated relative increases in market or credit exposure, investment activity, potential product and business expansions, acquisitions and strategic or infrastructure investments.

Shareholders’ equity increased $19.5 million to $193.2 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $173.7 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to earnings of $16.1 million reported for the period. The Company did not pay a dividend in 2024 or 2025.

We use several indicators of capital strength. The most commonly used measure is total equity to total assets, which was 19.8% and 23.3% as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

Our return on average equity was 8.9% and 7.7% for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our return on average assets was 1.9% and 2.0% for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

69

Table of Contents

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on our business. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated pursuant to regulatory definitions and requirements. The sufficiency of capital and the Bank’s capital classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about risk weightings and other factors.

Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is deemed “well capitalized” if its Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio, and Total Capital ratio meet or exceed 5%, 6.5%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a rule intending to simplify the regulatory capital requirements described above for qualifying community banking organizations that opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework, as required by Section 201 of the Regulatory Relief Act. The Bank elected to opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework starting in 2020. Under these capital requirements the Bank must maintain a leverage ratio greater than 9.0% to be considered well-capitalized.

As of December 31, 2025, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (there are no conditions or events since that notification we believe have changed the Bank’s category). See Note 8 - Capital Requirements to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for additional information regarding our regulatory capital requirements.

Stock Repurchase Program

We have a stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors. The stock repurchase program became effective as of March 6, 2024 and authorizes us to repurchase up to 641,832 shares of our common stock in the aggregate in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, or any manner that complies with the provisions of Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act, as well as pursuant to a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Our decision to repurchase shares will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to, the market price and trading volume of our common stock, general market and economic conditions, the ongoing assessment of our capital needs, and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The repurchase program does not obligate us to purchase any particular number of shares and may be limited or terminated at any time without prior notice. The repurchase program expires on March 31, 2026. During the three months ended December 31, 2025, there were no open-market share repurchases. Since the repurchase program’s inception, we have repurchased and subsequently retired a total of 44,608 shares for $0.5 million at an average price of $10.30 per share. See Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information.

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. While our liquidity monitoring and management consider both present and future demands for and sources of liquidity, the following table of contractual commitments focuses only on future obligations and summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2025:

($ in thousands)TotalLess thanOne YearOne to Three YearsThree toFive YearsMoreThan FiveYears
Contractual Obligations
Deposits without stated maturity$276,293$276,293$$$
Time deposits478,268364,06377,10726,47510,623
Operating lease obligations4,5751,2122,3461,017
Total$759,136$641,568$79,453$27,492$10,623

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into certain off-balance sheet arrangements to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit, which involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk exceeding the amounts recognized in our consolidated statements of financial condition. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amounts of these commitments. The same credit policies and

70

Table of Contents

procedures are used in making these commitments as for on-balance sheet instruments. With the exception of these off-balance sheet arrangements, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. For details of our commitments to extend credit please see Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8.

71

Table of Contents

Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that both management and investors benefit from certain non-GAAP financial measures in assessing our performance and when planning, forecasting, and analyzing future periods. These non-GAAP financial measures also facilitate management’s internal comparisons to our historical performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors both because (1) they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making and (2) they are used by our institutional investors and the analyst community to help them analyze the health of our business. Accordingly, we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team. Our calculation of these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures, if any, reported by our peers. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as substitutes for, financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

FinWise has entered into agreements with certain of its Strategic Program service providers pursuant to which the service providers provide credit enhancement on loans which protects the Bank by indemnifying or reimbursing the Bank for incurred credit and fraud losses. We estimate and record a provision for expected losses for these Strategic Program loans in accordance with GAAP, which requires estimation of the provision without consideration of the credit enhancement. When the provision for expected losses over the life of the loans that are subject to such credit enhancement is recorded, a credit enhancement asset reflecting the future recovery of those estimated credit losses pursuant to the strategic partner’s guarantee to assume the Bank’s credit losses on each of the loans in the respective guaranteed portfolio is also recorded on the balance sheet in the form of non-interest income (credit enhancement income). Reimbursement or indemnification for incurred losses is provided for in the form of a deposit reserve account that is replenished periodically by the respective Strategic Program service provider. The credit enhancement asset is reduced as credit enhancement payments and recoveries are received from the Strategic Program service provider or taken from its cash reserve account. If the Strategic Program service provider is unable to fulfill its contracted obligations under its credit enhancement agreement, then the Bank could be exposed to the loss of the reimbursement and credit enhancement income as a result of this counterparty risk. In the event the Strategic Program service provider is not able to perform according to the contractual terms, the Bank is entitled to receive all the income on the loans. The Bank incurs expenses for the amounts owed to the strategic partner for the credit guarantee and for servicing of the credit enhanced portfolio, if applicable (credit enhancement program expenses). See the following reconciliations of non-GAAP measures for the impact of the credit enhancement on our financial condition and results.

The following non-GAAP measures are presented to illustrate the impact of certain credit enhancement program expenses on total interest income on LHFI and average yield on LHFI:

As of and for the Year EndedAs of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
($ in thousands; unaudited)Total Average LHFITotal Interest Income on LHFIAverage Yield on LHFITotal Average LHFITotal Interest Income on LHFIAverage Yield on LHFI
Before adjustment for credit enhancement$535,671$65,20312.17%$417,207$51,19412.27%
Less: credit enhancement program expenses(9,755)(9)
Net of adjustment for credit enhancement program expenses$535,671$55,44810.35%$417,207$51,18512.27%

Total interest income on LHFI net of credit enhancement program expenses and the average yield on LHFI are non-GAAP measures that include the impact of credit enhancement program expenses on total interest income on LHFI and the respective average yield on LHFI, the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

The following non-GAAP measures are presented to illustrate the impact of certain credit enhancement program expenses on net interest income and NIM:

72

Table of Contents

As of and for the Year EndedAs of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
($ in thousands; unaudited)Total Average Interest-Earning AssetsNet Interest IncomeNet Interest MarginTotal Average Interest-Earning AssetsNet Interest IncomeNet Interest Margin
Before adjustment for credit enhancement$782,005$72,1839.23%$589,880$58,9129.99%
Less: credit enhancement program expenses(9,755)(9)
Net of adjustment for credit enhancement program expenses$782,005$62,4287.98%$589,880$58,9039.99%

Net interest income and net interest margin net of credit enhancement program expenses are non-GAAP measures that include the impact of credit enhancement program expenses on net interest income and net interest margin, the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Non-interest expenses less credit enhancement program expenses is a non-GAAP measure presented to illustrate the impact of credit enhancement program expenses on non-interest expense:

($ in thousands; unaudited)Year Ended December 31, 2025Year Ended December 31, 2024
Total non-interest expense$70,333$52,835
Less: credit enhancement program expenses(9,755)(9)
Total non-interest expense less credit enhancement program expenses$60,578$52,826

Total non-interest expense less credit enhancement program expenses is a non-GAAP measure that illustrates the impact of credit enhancement program expenses on non-interest expense, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Total non-interest income less credit enhancement income is a non-GAAP measure to illustrate the impact of credit enhancement income resulting from credit enhanced loans on non-interest income:

($ in thousands; unaudited)Year Ended December 31, 2025Year Ended December 31, 2024
Total non-interest income$58,483$22,485
Less: credit enhancement income(23,924)(111)
Total non-interest income less credit enhancement income$34,559$22,374

Total non-interest income less indemnification income is a non-GAAP measure that illustrates the impact of credit enhancement income on non-interest income. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is non-interest income.

73

Table of Contents

The following non-GAAP measure is presented to illustrate the effect of the credit enhancement program that creates the credit enhancement on the allowance for credit losses:

($ in thousands; unaudited)As of December 31, 2025As of December 31, 2024
Allowance for credit losses$36,796$13,176
Less: allowance for credit losses related to credit enhanced loans(22,411)(111)
Allowance for credit losses excluding the effect of the allowance for credit losses related to credit enhanced loans$14,385$13,065

The allowance for credit losses excluding the effect of the allowance for credit losses related to credit enhanced loans is a non-GAAP measure that reflects the effect of the credit enhancement program on the allowance for credit losses. The total outstanding balance of loans held-for-investment with credit enhancement as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was approximately $108.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001856365-25-000006.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-03-26. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report.

Overview

The Company is a Utah corporation and the parent company of FinWise Bank and FinWise Investment, LLC. The Company’s assets consist primarily of its investment in the Bank and all of its material business activities are conducted through the Bank. The Company is a registered bank holding company that is subject to supervision by the UDFI and the Federal Reserve. As a Utah state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is separately subject to regulations and supervision by both the UDFI and the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are federally insured up to the maximum legal limits.

Our banking business is our only business line. Our banking business offers a diverse range of commercial and retail banking products and services, and consists primarily of originating loans in a variety of sectors. Attracting nationwide deposits from the general public, businesses and other financial institutions, and investing those deposits, together with borrowings, capital and other sources of funds, is also critical to our banking business. While our commercial and residential real estate lending and other products and services offered from our branch continue to be concentrated in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, our third-party loan origination relationships have allowed us to expand into new markets across the United States. These relationships were developed to support our ability to generate significant loan volume across diverse consumer and commercial markets and have been the primary source of our significant growth and our consistent ability to operate profitability since developing the third-party loan origination business. Our track record has demonstrated that these factors help deliver such growth and profitability, and that the flexibility inherent in our model enhances our ability to manage credit risk. We gather deposits in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA through our one branch and nationwide from our Strategic Program service providers, SBA 7(a) borrowers, institutional deposit exchanges, brokered deposit arrangements and other deposit sources.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend primarily on our ability to (i) originate loans and leases directly or by using our strategic relationships with third-party loan origination platforms to earn interest and non-interest income, (ii) effectively manage credit and other risks throughout the Bank, (iii) attract and retain low cost, stable deposits, and (iv) efficiently operate in compliance with applicable regulations.

Our lending focuses on four main lending areas: (i) SBA 7(a) loans, (ii) Strategic Programs, (iii) residential and commercial real estate and (iv) commercial leasing. For a description and analysis of the Company’s loan categories, see “Financial Condition.”

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Accounting policies, as described in detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, are an integral part of our financial statements. A thorough understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial position. We believe that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these estimates, which are likely to occur from period to period, or use of different estimates that we could have reasonably used in the current period, would have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

The JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this Report, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for the transition period for so long as we

47

Table of Contents

remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act.

Our critical accounting estimates primarily relate to the allowance for credit losses. We previously disclosed our stock-based compensation and income taxes as critical accounting estimates. We have determined our stock-based compensation and income taxes are no longer critical accounting estimates as they do not involve a significant level of estimate uncertainty that would likely have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for information on our accounting policy related to this critical accounting estimate.

Allowance for Credit Losses. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topic 326 which replaced the incurred loss methodology with CECL for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. CECL requires the immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over the estimated remaining life of the asset. The forward-looking concept of CECL requires loss estimates to consider historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts of future events and circumstances.

The allowance for credit losses is reported as a reduction of the amortized cost basis of loans held-for-investment, while the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is included within other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The estimate of credit loss incorporates assumptions for both the likelihood and amount of funding over the estimated life of the commitments, including adjustments for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Management periodically reviews and updates its assumptions for estimated funding rates. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the ACL calculation. The amortized cost basis of loans does not include accrued interest receivable, which is included in accrued interest receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income is a combination of the provision for credit losses and the provision for unfunded loan commitments.

With respect to the Bank's core portfolio which consists of SBA 7(a), local lending, retail point of sale, and equipment finance and leasing, the Bank pools similar loans that are collectively evaluated and determines an appropriate level of general allowance by portfolio segment using a non-discounted cash flow model taking into account probability of default, loss in the event of default, and prepayment speed estimates based on industry specific collected data. The model captures credit and fraud losses assumed to be credit related losses over the historical charge-off and prepayment cycle and applies those losses at a loan level over the remaining maturity of the loan. The model then calculates a historical loss rate using the average losses over the reporting period, which is then applied to each segment utilizing a standard reversion rate. With respect to the Bank's active retained Strategic Program loan portfolio, the Bank is using a methodology that compares the actual loan performance of a vintage to the worst performing loans within that vintage, known as the high-water mark. The Bank records the expected credit losses based on the high-water mark loss rate. With respect to the Bank's inactive retained Strategic Program loan portfolio, performance data at the summary level provided by the Strategic Programs is banded by credit profile and original loan term and compared to actual loan performance on a quarterly basis. The expected loss rate is supplemented with adjustments for reasonable and supportable forecasts of relevant economic indicators, including but not limited to national unemployment rate forecasts. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. Also included in the ACL are qualitative factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These qualitative factors include the following that are derived from the Interagency Policy Statement on Allowance for Credit Losses: changes in lending policies and procedures; changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the loan portfolio; changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio and in the terms of loans; changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff; changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, nonaccrual loans, and classified or graded loans; changes in the quality of the Bank's loan review system; changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans that are not collateral-dependent; changes in the level of concentration of credit; changes in the effect of competition, legal, and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses; and, if applicable, changes in the composition and volume of the loan portfolio due to mergers, acquisitions, and other significant transactions not considered elsewhere. It is also possible that these factors could include social, political, economic, and terrorist events or activities. All of these factors are susceptible to change, which may be significant.

When management identifies loans that do not share common risk characteristics (i.e., are not similar to other loans within a pool) they are evaluated on an individual basis. These loans are not included in the collective evaluation. For loans identified as having a likelihood of foreclosure or that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, a collateral-dependent approach is used. These are loans for which the repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral. Under CECL, for collateral-dependent loans, the Company has adopted the practical expedient method to measure the allowance for credit losses based on the fair value of collateral. The allowance for credit losses is calculated on an individual loan basis based on the shortfall between the fair value of the loan's collateral, which is

48

Table of Contents

adjusted for liquidation costs/discounts, and amortized cost. If the fair value of the collateral exceeds the amortized cost, no allowance is required.

The CECL methodology requires a significant amount of management judgment in determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses. Several of the steps in the methodology involve judgment and are subjective in nature including, among other things: segmenting the loan portfolio; determining the amount of loss history to consider; selecting predictive econometric regression models that use appropriate macroeconomic variables; determining the methodology to forecast prepayments; selecting the most appropriate economic forecast scenario; determining the length of the reasonable and supportable forecast and reversion periods; estimating expected utilization rates on unfunded loan commitments; and assessing relevant and appropriate qualitative factors. In addition, the CECL methodology is dependent on economic forecasts, which are inherently imprecise and will change from period to period. Although the allowance for credit losses is considered appropriate, there can be no assurance that it will be sufficient to absorb future losses.

In determining an appropriate amount for the allowance, the Bank segments and aggregates the loan portfolio based on common characteristics. The following segments have been identified:

Commercial Real Estate. These loans are generally secured by owner-occupied nonfarm, nonresidential properties, or by other nonfarm, nonresidential properties. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are typically repaid first by the cash flows generated by the underlying business. Factors that may influence a business' cash flows include, but are not limited to, demand for its products or services, quality and depth of management, degree of competition, regulatory changes, and general economic conditions. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk as they may be dependent on the ongoing success and operating viability of a fewer number of tenants who are occupying the property and who may have a greater degree of exposure to economic conditions.

Commercial and Industrial. These loans are generally secured by business assets such as furniture, fixtures, equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, business vehicles, and other business personal property. Commercial and industrial loans are typically repaid first by the cash flows generated by the borrower's business operations. The primary risk characteristics are specific to the underlying business and its ability to generate sustainable profitability and resulting positive cash flows. Factors that may influence a business' profitability include, but are not limited to, demand for its products or services, quality and depth of management, degree of competition, regulatory changes, and general economic conditions.

Commercial Leases. Equipment financing and leasing typically involve the use of equipment as collateral for the loan. If the borrower defaults on the loan, the Bank may need to repossess and sell the equipment to recover the outstanding debt. However, the value of the equipment may depreciate over time, or disappear, making it difficult for the Bank to recover the full amount of the lease. In equipment leasing, the residual value of the equipment is an important consideration. The residual value is the estimated value of the equipment at the end of the lease term. If the actual value of the equipment is lower than the residual value, the lessor may not be able to recover the full amount of the lease payments.

Construction and Land Development. Risks common to construction loans are cost overruns, changes in market demand for property, supply chain interruption affecting construction materials, inadequate long-term financing arrangements and declines in real estate values. Changes in market demand for property could lead to longer marketing times resulting in higher carrying costs, declining values, and higher interest rates. Risks common to residential lot loans are those similar to other types of real estate construction loans, as many customers finance the purchase of improved lots in anticipation of constructing a 1 to 4 family residence. Accordingly, common risks are changes in market demand for property, supply chain interruption affecting construction materials, inadequate long-term financing arrangements and declines in real estate values. Changes in market demand for property could lead to longer marketing times resulting in higher carrying costs, declining values and higher interest rates.

Consumer. These are loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter terms than residential loans but tend to have higher credit risk due to the type of collateral securing the loan or in some cases the absence of collateral.

Residential Real Estate. These loans are generally secured by 1 to 4 family residential properties. The primary risk characteristics associated with residential mortgage loans typically involve: major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; and divorce or death. In addition, residential mortgage loans that have adjustable rates could expose the borrower to higher debt service requirements in a rising interest rate environment. Further, real estate values could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential loss exposure for the Bank.

49

Table of Contents

Residential Real Estate Multifamily. Risks common to multifamily loans are poor management, high vacancy rates and regulatory changes. The value of multi-family properties can be impacted by changes in the local real estate market. If property values decline, the Bank may not be able to recover the full amount of the loan if the property needs to be foreclosed.

Strategic Program Loans Held-for-Investment. Unsecured consumer loans and secured or unsecured business loans issued by the Company through these programs generally follow and are limited to specific predetermined underwriting criteria. Strategic Program loans cover a wide range of borrower credit profiles, loan terms and interest rates. Strategic Program loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter terms similar to consumer loans and tend to have higher credit risk due to the type of collateral securing the loan or in most cases the absence of collateral.

The Company generally places loans on a nonaccrual status when: (1) payment is in default for 90 days or more unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection; or (2) full repayment of principal and interest is not foreseen. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued and uncollected interest on that loan is reversed. Past-due interest received on nonaccrual loans is not recognized in interest income but is applied as a reduction of the outstanding principal of the loans. A loan is relieved of its nonaccrual status when all principal and interest payments are brought current, the loan is well secured, and an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition provides reasonable assurance that the borrower can repay the loan as scheduled.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments. The Company identifies such loans by classified loan grades (also known as risk rating), removes them from the collectively assessed population and adds them to the individually assessed population of loans. Within the individually assessed population, the Company determines whether loan repayment is expected from cash flow or from the liquidation of collateral. For individually assessed cash flow based repayment loans, the Company considers the net of the present value of estimated future cash flows using the original loan terms, including the original effective interest rate. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not individually evaluated. The Company considers the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the circumstances of the loan and borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to principal and interest owed. For individually assessed collateral based repayment loans, the Company estimates the net realizable value by evaluating the asset's present fair market value (supported by current independent appraisals or evaluations) less liquidation expenses associated with the asset's sale or disposal. Common liquidation expenses considered are commissions paid to brokers or auctioneers, property taxes, force-placed insurance premiums, legal fees, maintenance costs, and other care and preservation of collateral expenses. Within the strategic program loan portfolio, the Company has held-for-investment (“HFI”) strategic programs that it considers active and inactive. Strategic programs are considered active when the Company is continuing to originate and retain vintages of loans with the strategic program. Strategic programs are considered inactive when the Company is no longer originating and retaining vintages of loans with the strategic program. For the inactive HFI strategic programs there may still be outstanding loan balances from previously originated vintages; however, those loan balances decrease month-over-month through a combination of prepayment, charge-off, and regular amortization. For the active HFI strategic programs, the Company evaluates impairment collectively on a vintage basis employing a high-water vintage methodology. For the inactive HFI strategic programs, the Company evaluates impairment collectively by calculating blended loss rates comparing the actual loan tapes against portfolio level data provided by the inactive HFI strategic programs.

Executive Summary

This executive summary provides certain 2024 and 2023 financial highlights from the discussion and analysis that follows:

•Originations of total loans increased by $0.7 billion to $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. New Strategic Programs and organic growth through existing programs contributed to the increase in loan originations.

•Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 9.99% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 11.65% for the year ended December 31, 2023. NIM is impacted by income earned from interest-earning assets and interest costs incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. NIM decreased principally as a result of FinWise having diversified its revenue sources by lending to lower risk borrowers with lower yields on loans.

•FinWise generated net income of $12.7 million and $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net income declined as FinWise invested in expansion of its product offerings and supporting business infrastructure.

50

Table of Contents

•Total assets increased by $159.8 million to $746.0 million as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, principally in loans and investment securities. We believe our strong capital levels support our current and planned growth strategy.

Strategic Program Service Providers

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we entered into the following new strategic program relationships:

•We enhanced our portfolio of private student loan products through our new strategic lending program with Earnest, to help students and their families with education financing.

•We announced our first strategic payments program with Hank Payments Corp. to offer modernized payments and cash management solutions to our customers.

•We announced our new strategic lending program with Plannery to offer a debt consolidation platform exclusively for healthcare professionals. Additionally, we are providing Plannery with access to our Credit Enhancement Program.

•We announced the launch of a new strategic lending program with PowerPay to offer consumers a simple and affordable lending solution for home improvement and elective health care purchases.

We have introduced our Payments (MoneyRails™) and Bank Identification Number (“BIN”) Sponsorship products which, together with our Strategic Programs, comprise the Bank’s Fintech Banking and Payment Solutions offerings. Payments (MoneyRails™) and BIN Sponsorship connect our customers to the Bank’s API-driven banking services ledger.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20242023
Interest income$74,352$64,534
Interest expense(15,440)(9,975)
Net interest income58,91254,559
Provision for credit losses(11,573)(11,638)
Non-interest income22,48521,456
Non-interest expense(52,835)(40,564)
Provision for income taxes(4,247)(6,353)
Net income$12,742$17,460

Net Interest Income and NIM

Net interest income was the primary contributor to our earnings in 2024 and 2023. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as “volume changes.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

Net interest income increased $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to volume increases in the loans held for investment and loans held-for-sale portfolios and was partially offset by increased volume and rate in the certificates of deposit portfolio which also contributed to the increase in our cost of funds. Average interest-earning assets increased by $121.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, while the related yield on average interest earning assets decreased by 118 basis points to 12.60%. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $101.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, while the related cost of funds increased 35 basis points to 4.57%. NIM decreased to 9.99% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 11.65% for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of our increased lending to lower risk borrowers with lower yields on loans as part

51

Table of Contents

of our strategy to reduce average credit risk in the loan portfolio combined with the increased cost of funds as the Bank competed in the national deposit market for funds to support our asset growth.

Average Balances and Yields. The following table presents average balances for assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, the resulting average yields and costs, and NIM. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing the annualized income or expense by the average balances for assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. The weighted average yields and rates include amortization of fees, costs, premiums and discounts, which are considered adjustments to yield/rates. Average balances have been calculated using daily averages. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and represent net fees of approximately $2.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Years Ended December 31,
20242023
($ in thousands)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/RateAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits$87,086$4,5635.24%$110,866$5,7515.19%
Investment securities26,6918973.36%14,7313382.30%
Loans held-for-sale58,89617,69830.05%39,09015,05138.50%
Loans held-for-investment(1)417,20751,19412.27%303,78443,39414.28%
Total interest-earning assets589,88074,35212.60%468,47264,53413.78%
Noninterest-earning assets47,59825,269
Total assets$637,478$493,740
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand$59,317$2,1083.55%$45,454$1,8564.08%
Savings9,574660.69%8,207510.62%
Money market accounts12,2844523.68%13,6653622.65%
Certificates of deposit256,57512,8144.99%168,8877,7054.56%
Total deposits337,75015,4404.57%236,2139,9744.22%
Other borrowings1260.34%25110.35%
Total interest-bearing liabilities337,87615,4404.57%236,4649,9754.22%
Noninterest-bearing deposits107,76093,126
Noninterest-bearing liabilities26,63417,250
Shareholders’ equity165,208146,901
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$637,478$493,740
Net interest income and interest rate spread(2)$58,9128.03%$54,5599.56%
Net interest margin(3)9.99%11.65%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities174.58%198.12%

(1) Loans placed on nonaccrual status are included in loan balances.

(2) Interest spread is the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, less the weighted average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities.

(3) Net interest margin is net interest income, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income based on average balances. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in average rate. The volume column

52

Table of Contents

shows the effects attributable to changes in average volume. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both average rate and average volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

Years Ended December 31,
20242023
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change inIncrease (Decrease) Due to Change in
($ in thousands)RateVolumeTotalRateVolumeTotal
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks$59$(1,247)$(1,188)$3,777$794$4,571
Investment securities2033565598842130
Loans held-for-sale(2,024)4,6712,6475,549(11,735)(6,186)
Loans held-for-investment(4,732)12,5327,80019913,49113,690
Total interest income(6,494)16,3129,8189,6132,59212,205
Interest expense:
Demand(186)4382522411,0851,326
Savings691543144
Money market accounts122(32)90273(27)246
Certificates of deposit7884,3215,1094,8582,0696,927
Other borrowings(1)(1)(1)(1)
Total interest-bearing liabilities7304,7355,4655,4143,1278,542
Net interest income$(7,224)$11,577$4,353$4,199$(536)$3,664

Provision for Credit Losses

On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topic 326 which replaced the incurred loss methodology, allowance for loan losses, with CECL for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. The provision for credit losses is a charge to income to bring our ACL to a level deemed appropriate by management and approved by our board of directors. We determine the provision for credit losses monthly in connection with our evaluation of the adequacy of our ACL. For a description of the factors we considered in determining the ACL see Allowance for credit losses presented in Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies included in Part II, Item 8.

Our provision for credit losses was substantially flat at $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Although the held-for-investment loan portfolio balances grew by $93.0 million, the growth occurred in lower risk categories, such as lease financing, residential real estate and the secured balance of SBA loans, all of which have lower expected loss factors contributing to the lower provision. In connection with our review of individual loans migrating to non-performing status for impairment, we released all or a portion of the allowance for credit losses for certain loans, which had the effect of reducing the provision for loan losses, based on strong collateral positions associated with such loans. These factors contributed to in the minimal increase in the provision for credit losses. At December 31, 2024, the Company maintained $158.7 million in loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA compared to $131.7 million in loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA balances as of December 31, 2023.

53

Table of Contents

Non-interest Income

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of non-interest income:

Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20242023$%
Non-interest income:
Strategic Program fees$17,762$15,914$1,84811.6%
Gain on sale of loans, net2,0361,68435220.9%
SBA loan servicing fees, net1,1371,842(705)(38.3)%
Change in fair value on investment in BFG(625)(600)(25)4.2%
Credit enhancement income111111100.0%
Other miscellaneous income2,0642,616(552)(21.1)%
Total non-interest income$22,485$21,456$1,0294.8%

The increase in total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023, was primarily due to increased fees associated with the higher origination volume of Strategic Program loans, partially offset by a decrease in other miscellaneous income due to a $0.9 million charge-off of unamortized premium on approximately $160.0 million of callable CDs which were called during the fourth quarter of 2024 and replaced with lower cost CDs. This decrease was partially offset by a $0.5 million gain on sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2024.

Non-interest Expense

Non-interest expense has increased as we have grown and as we have expanded and modernized our operational infrastructure and continued to implement our plan to build an efficient, integrated fintech banking operation with significant capacity for growth.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of non-interest expense:

Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20242023$%
Non-interest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits$35,205$25,751$9,45436.7%
Professional services4,7364,961(225)(4.5)%
Occupancy and equipment expenses4,2403,31292828.0%
Credit enhancement expense88100.0%
Other operating expenses8,6466,5402,10632.2%
Total non-interest expense$52,835$40,564$12,27130.3%

The increase in total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023, was primarily due to an increase in salaries and employee benefits due mainly to an increase in the number of employees, expenses related to our increase in commercial operating lease activity as well as software amortization, and other operating expenses primarily driven by increases in data processing costs of $0.8 million, SBA program fees and underwriting related to SBA loans of $0.4 million, and a charge related to potential bad debt expense on our program receivables of $0.3 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes totaled $4.2 million at an effective tax rate of 25.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $6.4 million at an effective tax rate of 26.7% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in

54

Table of Contents

provision for income taxes from the prior year period was primarily due to a reduction in permanent differences impacting income tax expense.

Net Income

The decrease in net income for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023, was primarily the result of the factors discussed above.

Financial Condition

The following table summarizes selected components of our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

As of December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20242023$%
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks$99,562$116,564$(17,002)(14.6)%
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value29,93029,930100.0%
Investment securities held-to-maturity, net12,56515,388(2,823)(18.3)%
Strategic Program loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value91,58847,51444,07492.8%
Loans held-for-investment, net447,812358,56089,25224.9%
Total assets745,976586,221159,75527.3%
Deposits544,952404,833140,11934.6%
Total liabilities572,256431,165141,09132.7%
Total shareholders' equity173,720155,05618,66412.0%
Total equity to total assets23.3%26.5%(3.2)%

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

The decrease in interest-bearing deposits in other banks from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2023, was primarily due to the purchase of the investment securities available-for-sale. Aside from minimal balances held with our correspondent banks, the majority of our interest-bearing deposits are at the Federal Reserve.

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital requirements.

We classify investment securities as either HTM or AFS based on our intentions and our ability to hold such securities until maturity. In determining such classifications, securities that we have the positive intent and the ability to hold until maturity are classified as HTM and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are designated as AFS and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity on an after-tax basis.

55

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the weighted-average yields of our investment securities at December 31, 2024. The weighted average yield of investment securities was calculated using the sum of all interest that the investments generate, divided by the average book value. There are no tax-exempt securities.

1 Year or Less1 - 5 Years5 - 10 YearsOver 10 YearsTotal
Securities available-for-sale:
U.S. Treasuries4.68%4.19%%%4.23%
Securities held-to-maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities%3.29%1.32%1.73%1.85%
Collateralized mortgage obligations%3.18%%3.08%3.09%
Total4.68%4.14%1.32%2.50%3.72%

There were no calls, sales or maturities of securities during the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2024, there were 22 securities, consisting of eight collateralized mortgage obligations, four U.S. Treasuries and ten mortgage-backed securities, in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2024 and 19 securities, consisting of nine collateralized mortgage obligations and ten mortgage-backed securities, in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2023.

Strategic Program Loans Held-for-Sale

We, through our Strategic Program service providers, issue, on a nationwide basis, unsecured and secured consumer and business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles. Loans originated through these programs are limited to predetermined Bank underwriting criteria, which has been approved by our board of directors. The Company generally retains the loans and/or receivables for a number of business days after origination before selling the loans and/or receivables to the Strategic Program provider or another investor. Interest income is earned by the Company while holding the loans. These loans are classified as held-for-sale on the balance sheet and measured at the lower of cost or market.

Our Strategic Program loans held-for-sale increased $44.1 million as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily as a result of greater hold periods for new originations for certain programs and a higher level of originations in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to the same period in 2023.

Loans Held-for-Investment Portfolio

Through our diversification efforts we have built a portfolio that we believe positions us to withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries and loan types that have historically lower loss rates such as professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), non-store retailers (e-commerce), and ambulatory healthcare services.

56

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our gross loan portfolio held-for-investment by loan program as of the periods indicated:

As of December 31,
20242023
($ in thousands)Amount% of total loansAmount% of total loans
SBA(1)$255,05654.8%$239,92264.5%
Commercial leases70,15315.1%38,11010.2%
Commercial, non real estate3,6910.8%2,4570.7%
Residential real estate51,57411.1%38,12310.2%
Strategic Program loans20,1224.3%19,4085.2%
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied41,0468.8%20,7985.6%
Non-owner occupied1,3790.3%2,0250.5%
Consumer22,2124.8%11,3723.1%
Total loans held-for-investment, gross$465,233100.0%$372,215100.0%

(1)SBA loans as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 include $158.7 million and $131.7 million, respectively, of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA.

We manage our loan portfolio based on factors that include concentrations per loan program and aggregated portfolio, industry of operation and geographies. We also monitor the impact of identified and estimated losses on capital as well as the pricing characteristics of each product. The following provides a general description and the risk characteristics relevant to each of the products. Each loan is assigned a risk grade during the origination and closing process by credit administration personnel based on criteria described later in this section. We analyze the resulting ratings, as well as other external statistics and factors such as delinquency, to track the migration performance of the portfolio balances. This ratings analysis is performed at least quarterly.

SBA loans

We originate and service loans partially guaranteed by the SBA under its Section 7(a) loan program for small businesses and professionals throughout the USA. Through our diversification efforts, we have built an SBA 7(a) portfolio that we believe positions us to better withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries such as non-store retailers (e-commerce), ambulatory healthcare services, professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), and merchant wholesalers.

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total SBA 7(a) loans of $255.1 million and $239.9 million, respectively, representing 54.8% and 64.5% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Loans are sourced primarily through our referral relationship with BFG. Although BFG actively markets throughout the USA, because of its physical location in the New York area we have developed a lending presence in the New York and New Jersey geographies. The maximum SBA 7(a) loan amount is $5 million. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. These loans may be secured by commercial and residential mortgages as well as liens on business assets. In addition to typical underwriting metrics, we review the nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business and management experience to help us target loans that we believe have lower credit risk. The SBA 7(a) program generally provides 50%, 75%, 85% and 90% guarantees for eligible SBA 7(a) loans. The guaranty is conditional and covers a portion of the risk of payment default by the borrower, but not the risk of improper underwriting, closing or servicing by the lender. As such, prudent underwriting, closing and servicing processes are essential to effective utilization of the SBA 7(a) program. Historically, we have generally sold the SBA-guaranteed portion (typically 75% of the principal balance) of a majority of the loans we originate at a premium in the secondary market while retaining all servicing rights and the unguaranteed portion. In light of suppressed gain-on-sale premiums and increasing variable loan rates during 2023, we retained on our balance sheet a greater percentage of the guaranteed portion of certain SBA loans that we originated than we have historically, which we believe will benefit us through stronger government guaranteed held-for-investment loan growth and an increased recurring stream of interest income and partially offset the decline in gain-on-sale revenue.

57

Table of Contents

Commercial leases

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total commercial leases of $70.2 million and $38.1 million, respectively, representing 15.1% and 10.2% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Underwriting for smaller credit requests is generally scorecard-based. Underwriting for smaller credit requests from customers is generally based on an internal credit scorecard, incorporating several customer and structure attributes including: severity and aging of delinquency; number of credit inquiries; loan-to-value ratio; term; and payment-to-income ratio. We periodically update our underwriting scorecard, which can have an impact on our credit tier scoring. Underwriting for larger credit requests from customers is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source considered is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are also considerations. These leases are generally secured by liens on business assets leased or purchased with our funds. Historically, we have retained these leases on our balance sheet for investment; however, we may sell leases to certain purchasers from time to time.

Commercial, non-real estate

Commercial non-real estate loans consist of loans and leases made to commercial enterprises that are not secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total commercial non-real estate loans of $3.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively, representing 0.8% and 0.7% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Any loan, lease, line of credit, or letter of credit (including any unfunded commitments) and any interest obtained in such loans made by another lender to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, not secured by real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes are included in this category. For example, commercial vehicle term loans and commercial working capital term loans. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. These loans are generally secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Residential real estate

Residential real estate loans include construction, lot and land development loans that are for the purpose of acquisition and development of property to be improved through the construction of residential buildings, and loans secured by other residential real estate. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total residential real estate loans of $51.6 million and $38.1 million, respectively, representing 11.1% and 10.2% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Construction loans are usually paid off through the conversion to permanent financing from third-party lending institutions. Lot loans may be paid off as the borrower converts to a construction loan. At the completion of the construction project, if the loan is converted to permanent financing by us or if scheduled loan amortization begins, it is then reclassified from construction to single-family dwelling. Underwriting of construction and development loans typically includes analysis of not only the borrower’s financial condition and ability to meet the required debt obligations, but also the general market conditions associated with the area and type of project being funded. These loans are generally secured by mortgages for residential property located primarily in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, and we obtain guarantees from responsible parties. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Strategic Program loans

We, through our Strategic Program service providers, issue, on a nationwide basis, unsecured and secured consumer and business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles. Although we have generally sold most of these loans, we may choose to hold more of the funded loans and/or receivables based on a number of factors including the amount of our available capital. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total Strategic Program loans held-for-investment of $20.1 million and $19.4 million, respectively, representing 4.3% and 5.2% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Loans originated through these programs are limited to predetermined Bank underwriting criteria, which has been approved by our board of directors. The primary form of repayment on these loans is from personal or business cash flow. Secured loans are secured by liens on consumer or business assets, as applicable. We reserve the right to sell any portion of funded loans and/or receivables directly to the Strategic Program service providers or other investors. We generally retain the legal right to service all these loans, but contract with the Strategic Program service provider or another approved sub-servicer to service these loans on our behalf.

58

Table of Contents

Commercial real estate

Commercial real estate loans include loans to individuals, sole proprietors, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, secured by real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total commercial real estate loans of $42.4 million and $22.8 million, respectively, representing 9.1% and 6.1% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. Of these amounts, $41.0 million and $20.8 million represented owner occupied properties as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. In addition to real estate, these loans may also be secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Consumer

Consumer lending provides financing for personal, family, or household purposes on a nationwide basis. Most of these loans are originated through our POS platform and come from a variety of sources, including other approved merchant or dealer relationships and lending platforms. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had total consumer loans of $22.2 million and $11.4 million, respectively, representing 4.8% and 3.1% of our total loans held-for-investment, respectively. We use a debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratio to determine whether an applicant will be able to service the debt. The DTI ratio compares the applicant’s anticipated monthly expenses and total monthly obligations to the applicant’s monthly gross income. Our policy is to limit the DTI ratio to 45% after calculating interest payments related to the new loan. Loan officers, at their discretion, may make exceptions to this ratio if the loan is within their authorized lending limit. DTI ratios of no more than 50% may be approved subject to an increase in interest rate. Strong offsetting factors such as higher discretionary income or large down payments are used to justify exceptions to these guidelines. All exceptions are documented and reported. While the loans are generally for the purchase of goods which may afford us a purchase money security interest, they are underwritten as if they were unsecured. On larger loans, we may file a Uniform Commercial Code financing form. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Loan Maturity

As of December 31, 2024, $279.8 million, or 60.1%, of the total held-for-investment loan balance matures in less than five years. Loans maturing in greater than five years totaled $185.4 million as of December 31, 2024. The variable rate portion of our total held-for-investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2024 was $329.7 million or 70.9%. The variable rate portion of the total held-for-investment loans reflects our strategy of limiting interest rate risk through the use of variable rate products.

59

Table of Contents

The following table details the contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and variable rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2024:

As of December 31, 2024Remaining Contractual Maturity Held-for-Investment
($ in thousands)One Year or LessAfter One Year and Through Five YearsAfter Five Years and Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Fixed rate loans:
SBA$529$1,236$2,367$1,354$5,486
Commercial leases18,74448,9842,42570,153
Commercial, non-real estate7722,3325873,691
Residential real estate7,0793,0313910,149
Strategic Program loans15,0414,60544420,090
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1,8834942,377
Non-owner occupied133426764561,379
Consumer5,92515,1021,18522,212
Subtotal fixed rate loans50,10676,2107,8111,410135,537
Variable rate loans:
SBA19,43576,944106,45746,734249,570
Commercial leases
Commercial, non-real estate
Residential real estate38,1401,8301,45541,425
Strategic Program loans2102032
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied3,58713,55717,7413,78438,669
Non-owner occupied
Consumer
Subtotal variable rate loans61,16492,341125,67350,518329,696
Total$111,270$168,551$133,484$51,928$465,233

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were contractually due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether such loans are actually past due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. We also generally place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent recoveries received (either from payments received from the customer, derived from the disposition of collateral or from legal action, such as judgment enforcement) exceed liquidation expenses incurred and outstanding principal.

A nonaccrual asset may be restored to accrual status when (1) none of its principal and interest is due and unpaid, and we expect repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, or (2) when asset otherwise becomes well secured and is not in the process of collection.

60

Table of Contents

Any loan which we deem to be uncollectible, in whole or in part, is charged off to the extent of the anticipated loss. In general, commercial loans that are past due for 90 days or more are charged off unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans and credit card balances are charged off at 120 days and 180 days, respectively. We believe our disciplined lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our loan officers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

We had a total of $36.5 million in nonperforming assets, which included $0.8 million in material loan modifications at December 31, 2024. The amount of nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2024 includes $19.2 million of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. We had $27.1 million in nonperforming assets, which included $0.5 million in material loan modifications at December 31, 2023. The amount of nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2023 includes $15.0 million of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. The increase in nonperforming assets and material loan modifications from the prior period was primarily attributable to multiple loans in the SBA 7(a) loan portfolio moving to nonperforming status. Due to elevated interest rates, the slowdown of consumer spending and the variable rate nature of our SBA portfolio, the risk of default is elevated and may result in additional delinquencies in future periods.

Our Strategic Program service providers also provide for loan modifications to borrowers. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the balance of outstanding modified loans to individuals in the Strategic Program retained portfolio was approximately $4.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

Credit Risk Profile

We believe that we underwrite loans carefully and thoroughly, limiting our lending activities to those products and services where we have the resources and expertise to lend profitably without undue credit risk. We require all loans to conform to policy (or otherwise be identified as exceptions to policy and monitored and reported on, at minimum, quarterly) and be granted on a sound basis. Loans are made with a primary emphasis on loan profitability, credit risk and concentration exposures.

We are proactive in our approach to identifying and resolving problem loans and are focused on working with the borrowers and guarantors of problem loans to provide loan modifications when warranted. When considering how to best diversify our loan portfolio, we consider several factors including our aggregate and product-line specific concentration risks, our business line expertise, and the ability of our infrastructure to appropriately support the product. While certain product lines generate higher net charge-offs, our exposure is carefully monitored and mitigated by our concentration policies and reserved for by the loan loss allowance we maintain. Specifically, retention of certain Strategic Program loans with higher default rates accounts for a disproportionate amount of our charge-offs. In addition to our oversight of the credit policies and processes associated with these programs, we limit within our concentration policies the aggregate exposure of these loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, carefully monitor certain vintage loss-indicative factors such as first payment default and marketing channels, and appropriately provision for these balances so that the cumulative charge-off rates remain consistent with management expectations. While the level of nonperforming assets fluctuates in response to changing economic and market conditions, the relative size and composition of the loan portfolio, and our management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets, we believe our proactive stance to early identification and intervention is the key to successfully managing our loan portfolio.

Accurate and timely loan risk grading is considered a critical component of an effective credit risk management system. Loan grades take into consideration the borrower’s financial condition, industry trends, and the economic environment. Loan risk grades are changed as necessary to reflect the risk inherent in the loan. Among other things, we use loan risk grading information for loan pricing, risk and collection management and determining credit loss reserve adequacy. Further, on a quarterly basis, the Loan Committee holds a Loan Risk Grade meeting, wherein all loans in our portfolio are reviewed for accurate risk grading. Any changes are made after the Loan Risk Grade meeting to provide for accurate reporting. Reporting is achieved in Loan Committee minutes, which minutes are reviewed by the Board. We supplement credit department supervision of the loan underwriting, approval, closing, servicing and risk grading process with periodic loan reviews by risk department personnel specific to the testing of controls.

We use a grading system to rank the quality of each loan. The grade is periodically evaluated and adjusted as performance dictates. Internal loan grades are based on current financial information, historical payment experience, and credit

61

Table of Contents

documentation, among other factors. The following guidelines govern the assignment of these risk grades. We do not currently grade Strategic Program loans held for investment due to their small balances and homogenous nature. As credit quality for Strategic Program loans have been highly correlated with delinquency levels, the Strategic Program loans are evaluated collectively for impairment.

Pass - A Pass asset is higher quality and does not fit any of the other categories described below. The likelihood of loss is believed to be remote.

Watch – A Watch asset may be a larger loan or one that places a heavier reliance on collateral due to the relative financial strength of the borrower. The assets may be maintenance intensive requiring closer monitoring. The obligor is believed to have an adequate primary source of repayment. New loans pursuant to the SBA 7(a) program are classified as watch loans until they have a demonstrated period of satisfactory performance, typically 18 months.

Special Mention – A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that may be temporary or, if left uncorrected, may result in a loss. While concerns exist, we believe that it is currently protected against a default and loss is considered unlikely and not imminent.

Substandard – A Substandard asset is believed to be inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified have identified weaknesses and are characterized by the possibility that we may sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful - A doubtful asset has an existing weakness or weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts and conditions, highly questionable and improbable.

Loss - A loss asset has an existing weakness or weaknesses that render the loan uncollectible and of such little value that continuing to carry as an asset on our books is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical nor desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Not Rated - For certain Strategic Program and consumer loans, we do not evaluate and risk rate the loans in the same manner as other loans in our portfolio. The Not Rated loans are typically homogenous, smaller dollar balances approved using abridged underwriting methods that allow us to streamline the loan approval process and increase efficiency. Credit quality for Strategic Program loans has been highly correlated with delinquency levels.

See Note 3 - Loans to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information on the credit quality of our loans held-for-investment (“LHFI”) portfolio.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2016–13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), commonly referred to as the “CECL model,” on January 1, 2023.

The estimate of credit loss incorporates assumptions for both the likelihood and amount of funding over the estimated life of the commitments, including adjustments for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Management periodically reviews and updates its assumptions for estimated funding rates. Our judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available and as situations and information change. We evaluate the ACL on at least a quarterly basis and take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and current economic conditions and trends that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. The quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ACL is reviewed by regulatory examinations and our auditors.

Credit losses are charged against the ACL when we believe that the collectability of the principal loan balance is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ACL when received. The amortized cost basis of loans does not include accrued interest receivable, which is included in accrued interest receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income is a combination of the provision for credit losses and the provision for unfunded loan commitments.

62

Table of Contents

The following tables present a summary of changes in the ACL for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20242023
ACL:
Beginning balance$12,888$11,985
Impact of ASU 2016-13 adoption(1)257
Adjusted beginning balance12,88812,242
Provision for loan losses11,24811,525
Charge-offs
Construction and land development
Residential real estate(297)(225)
Residential real estate multifamily
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied(1,039)(714)
Non-owner occupied(221)
Commercial and industrial(889)(472)
Consumer(134)(68)
Commercial leases(293)
Strategic Program loans(9,796)(10,946)
Recoveries
Construction and land development
Residential real estate6590
Residential real estate multifamily
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied3341
Non-owner occupied378
Commercial and industrial1721
Consumer62
Commercial leases92
Strategic Program loans1,1951,054
Ending balance$13,176$12,888

(1) ASU 2016-13 (CECL) was adopted January 1, 2023.

The following tables show the allocation of the ACL as of December 31, 2024, and 2023. The ACL related to Strategic Programs constitutes 47.8% and 54.8% of the total ACL while comprising 4.3% and 5.2%, respectively, of total loans held-for-investment as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The percentage of ACL related to Strategic Program loans retained reflects the increased credit risks associated with certain retained Strategic Program loans.

63

Table of Contents

December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)Amount% ofTotalAllowance
Construction and land development$3742.8%
Residential real estate7886.0%
Residential real estate multifamily380.3%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied2,83421.5%
Non-owner occupied1130.9%
Commercial and industrial7005.3%
Consumer6384.8%
Commercial leases1,38710.5%
Strategic Program loans6,30447.8%
Total$13,176100.0%
December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)Amount% of Total Allowance
Construction and land development$3162.5%
Residential real estate9567.4%
Residential real estate multifamily6%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied3,33625.9%
Non-owner occupied2822.2%
Commercial and industrial3612.8%
Consumer2111.6%
Commercial leases3552.8%
Strategic Program loans7,06554.8%
Total$12,888100.0%

The following table reflects the ratios of the ACL to total LHFI, nonaccrual loans to total loans held-for-investment, and the ACL to nonaccrual loans by CECL loan category as of December 31, 2024.

ACL to Total LHFINonaccrual loans to Total LHFIACL to Nonaccrual loans
Construction and land development0.9%%%
Residential real estate1.3%11.8%10.9%
Residential real estate multifamily2.3%%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1.5%12.4%12.0%
Non-owner occupied0.9%21.8%4.1%
Commercial and industrial1.6%4.0%39.2%
Consumer2.9%%%
Commercial leases2.0%0.5%385.4%
Strategic Program loans31.3%%%
Total2.8%7.7%36.9%

64

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the ratios of the ACL to total LHFI, nonaccrual loans to total loans held-for-investment, and the ACL to nonaccrual loans by CECL loan category as of December 31, 2023.

($ in thousands)ACL to Total LHFINonaccrual to Total LHFIACL to Nonaccrual loans
Construction and land development1.1%%%
Residential real estate1.9%3.1%60.3%
Residential real estate multifamily1.0%%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1.8%11.6%15.4%
Non-owner occupied1.8%15.4%12.0%
Commercial and industrial1.7%1.3%128.2%
Consumer1.9%%%
Commercial leases0.9%%%
Strategic Program loans36.4%%%
Total3.5%7.0%49.8%

When comparing December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2023, the decrease in ACL to total LHFI as well as the decrease in ACL to total nonaccrual loans was primarily due to the shifting of SBA loans from the collectively assessed population to the individually assessed population where the loans are assessed based on the net realizable value of the collateral. The increase in nonaccrual loans to total loans held-for-investment from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024 was primarily related to SBA loans that were moved to nonaccrual status during 2024.

The following table summarizes net charge-offs (“NCO”), average loans and the ratio of NCO to average loans for the periods indicated:

Years Ended
December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)NetCharge-Offs (Recoveries)Average LoansNCO (Recovery) to Average LoansNet Charge- Offs (Recoveries)Average LoansNCO (Recovery) to Average Loans
Construction and land development$$31,558%$$27,074%
Residential real estate23254,9640.4%13538,2110.4%
Residential real estate multifamily1,219%545%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied705190,2140.4%713157,4890.5%
Non-owner occupied22116,4071.3%(378)11,972(3.2)%
Commercial and industrial87231,0652.8%45117,6382.6%
Consumer12816,4780.8%666,5581.0%
Lease financing receivables20156,6750.4%23,163%
Strategic Program loans8,60118,62746.2%9,89221,13446.8%
Total$10,960$417,2072.6%$10,879$303,7843.6%

The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category was lower during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, due primarily to the increase in our average loans held-for-investment balances. The decrease in the ratio for Strategic Programs loans was primarily due to a reduction in the average loan balances as well as a reduction in net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2024.

65

Table of Contents

Total Assets

Total assets at December 31, 2024 were $746.0 million, an increase of $159.8 million from December 31, 2023. The increase in total assets was due primarily to increases in loans receivable, net, of $89.3 million, Strategic Program loans held-for-sale of $44.1 million, and investment securities available-for-sale of $29.9 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest-bearing deposits in other banks of $7.8 million. These changes were consistent with our strategy to grow assets in lower risk revenue producing products.

Deposits

Deposits are the major source of funding for us. We offer a variety of deposit products including interest and noninterest bearing demand accounts, HSA demand deposits, money market and savings accounts and certificates of deposit, all of which we market at competitive pricing. We generate deposits from our customers on a relationship basis and through access to national institutional and brokered deposit sources. We also generate deposits in relation to our Strategic Programs in the form of reserve accounts as discussed above. These deposits add an element of flexibility in that they tend to increase or decrease in relation to the size of or Strategic Program loan portfolio. In addition to the reserve account, some Strategic Program loan originators maintain operating deposit accounts with us.

The following tables present the end of period and average balances of our deposit portfolio for the periods indicated (average balances have been calculated using daily averages):

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)TotalPercentTotalPercent
Period end:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$126,78223.3%$95,48623.6%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand71,40313.1%50,05812.4%
Savings9,2871.7%8,6332.1%
Money markets16,7093.0%11,6612.9%
Time certificates of deposit320,77158.9%238,99559.0%
Total period end deposits$544,952100.0%$404,833100.0%

The increase in total deposits as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, was primarily due to an increase in brokered time deposits and noninterest bearing demand deposits utilized in the funding of our lending programs. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2024, we called $160.0 million of higher-yielding time certificates of deposit and replaced them with lower cost time certificates of deposit.

As an FDIC-insured institution, our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 for most deposit accounts and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. Our total estimated uninsured deposits were $183.2 million and $136.9 million as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Estimated uninsured deposits at the Bank as of December 31, 2024 include $54.0 million of total deposits contractually required to be maintained at the Bank pursuant to our Strategic Program agreements and an additional $42.1 million of total deposits associated with accounts owned by the parent holding company or the Bank. The maturity profile of our estimated uninsured time deposits, those amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit, at December 31, 2024 is as follows:

December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)Three months or lessMore than three months to six monthsMore than six months to twelve monthsMore than twelve monthsTotal
Time deposits, uninsured$$1,277$1,746$183$3,206

66

Table of Contents

Total Liabilities

Total liabilities increased from $431.2 million at December 31, 2023 to $572.3 million at December 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in total deposits as discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Management

Liquidity management is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, the sale of loans, principal repayments and interest on loans and net profits. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, loan prepayments, loan sales and security sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition.

Our primary source of funds to support new loan originations are deposits. Deposits are comprised of core and non-core deposits. To attract core deposits from local and nationwide consumer and commercial markets, we have paid rates at the higher end of the market. We have been able to pay higher rates due to the higher rates earned on our loan portfolio. We utilize rate listing services and website advertising to attract deposits from consumer and commercial sources. Non-core deposits generally include brokered deposits and deposits acquired through the utilization of a listing service.

We intend to have various term offerings to match our funding needs. With no current plans to expand our brick-and-mortar branch network, online and mobile banking offers a means to meet customer needs and aggregate deposits more efficiently compared to a traditional branch network. We believe that the rise of mobile and online banking provides us the opportunity to further leverage the technological competency we have demonstrated in recent years.

We regularly adjust our investment in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management, funds management and liquidity policies. The objective of our liquidity policy is to control the risk to our earnings and capital arising from the inability to meet obligations in a timely manner. This entails ensuring sufficient funds are available at all times and at a reasonable cost to meet potential demands from both fund providers and borrowers.

We primarily utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities. At December 31, 2024, we had the ability to access $239.2 million from the FRB’s Discount Window on a collateralized basis. The Bank had an available unsecured line of credit with two correspondent banks to borrow up to $6.1 million in overnight funds. We also maintain a $25.0 million line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank, secured by specific pledged loans. We had no outstanding balances on any unsecured or secured lines of credit as of December 31, 2024. In long term borrowings, we had $0.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2024 related to the PPPLF. The PPPLF is secured by pledged PPP loans.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2024, liquid assets (defined as cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits) totaled $109.2 million and constituted 14.6% of total assets. In addition, during the third quarter of 2024, we purchased U.S. Treasury securities, which are classified as investment securities AFS. These investment securities totaled $29.9 million at December 31, 2024 (4.0% of total assets) and can be readily sold. We believe that our liquid assets combined with the available lines of credit and our ability to generate core and non-core funding provides adequate liquidity to meet our current financial obligations for at least the next 12 months.

Capital Resources

We seek to maintain adequate capital to support anticipated asset growth, operating needs and unexpected risks, and to ensure that we are in compliance with all current and anticipated regulatory capital guidelines. Our primary sources of new capital include retained earnings and proceeds from the sale and issuance of capital stock or other securities. Expected future use or activities for which capital may be set aside include balance sheet growth and associated relative increases in market or credit exposure, investment activity, potential product and business expansions, acquisitions and strategic or infrastructure investments.

Shareholders’ equity increased $18.7 million to $173.7 million at December 31, 2024 compared to $155.1 million at December 31, 2023, primarily due to the purchase of additional equity interests in BFG in exchange for $4.1 million in FinWise Bancorp common stock and net income of $12.7 million.

67

Table of Contents

We use several indicators of capital strength. The most commonly used measure is total equity to total assets, which was 23.3% and 26.5% as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

Our return on average equity was 7.7% and 11.9% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our return on average assets was 2.0% and 3.5% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on our business. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated pursuant to regulatory definitions and requirements. The sufficiency of capital and the Bank’s capital classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about risk weightings and other factors.

Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is deemed “well capitalized” if its Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio, and Total Capital ratio meet or exceed 5%, 6.5%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a rule intending to simplify the regulatory capital requirements described above for qualifying community banking organizations that opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework, as required by Section 201 of the Regulatory Relief Act. The Bank elected to opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework starting in 2020. Under these capital requirements the Bank must maintain a leverage ratio greater than 9.0% to be considered well-capitalized.

As of December 31, 2024, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (there are no conditions or events since that notification we believe have changed the Bank’s category). See Note 8 - Capital Requirements to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for additional information regarding our regulatory capital requirements.

Stock Repurchase Program

We have a stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors. The stock repurchase program became effective as of March 6, 2024 and authorizes us to repurchase up to 641,832 shares of our common stock in the aggregate in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, or any manner that complies with the provisions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as well as pursuant to a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Our decision to repurchase shares will depend on a variety of factors, including but not limited to, the market price and trading volume of our common stock, general market and economic conditions, the ongoing assessment of our capital needs, and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The repurchase program does not obligate us to purchase any particular number of shares and may be limited or terminated at any time without prior notice. The repurchase program expires on March 31, 2026. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, there were no open-market share repurchases. Since the repurchase program’s inception, we have repurchased and subsequently retired a total of 44,608 shares for $0.5 million at an average price of $10.30 per share. See Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information.

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. While our liquidity monitoring and management consider both present and future demands for and sources of liquidity, the following table of contractual commitments focuses only on future obligations and summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2024:

($ in thousands)TotalLess thanOne YearOne to Three YearsThree toFive YearsMoreThan FiveYears
Contractual Obligations
Deposits without stated maturity$224,181$224,181$$$
Time deposits320,771245,18029,62935,29410,668
Operating lease obligations5,5951,1222,2702,203
Total$550,547$470,483$31,899$37,497$10,668

68

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into certain off-balance sheet arrangements to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit, which involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk exceeding the amounts recognized in our consolidated statements of financial condition. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amounts of these commitments. The same credit policies and procedures are used in making these commitments as for on-balance sheet instruments. With the exception of these off-balance sheet arrangements, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. For details of our commitments to extend credit please see Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8..

Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that both management and investors benefit from certain non-GAAP financial measures in assessing our performance and when planning, forecasting, and analyzing future periods. These non-GAAP financial measures also facilitate management’s internal comparisons to our historical performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors both because (1) they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making and (2) they are used by our institutional investors and the analyst community to help them analyze the health of our business. Accordingly, we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team. Our calculation of these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures, if any, reported by our peers. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as substitutes for, financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

FinWise has entered into agreements with certain of its Strategic Program service providers pursuant to which the service providers provide credit enhancement on loans which protects the Bank by indemnifying or reimbursing the Bank for incurred credit and fraud losses. We estimate and record a provision for expected losses for these Strategic Program loans in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires estimation of the provision without consideration of the credit enhancement. When the provision for expected losses over the life of the loans that are subject to such credit enhancement is recorded, a credit enhancement asset reflecting the potential future recovery of those losses is also recorded on the balance sheet in the form of non-interest income (credit enhancement income). Reimbursement or indemnification for incurred losses is provided for in the form of a deposit reserve account that is replenished periodically by the respective Strategic Program service provider. Any remaining income on such loans in excess of the amounts retained by FinWise and placed in the deposit reserve account are paid to the Strategic Program service provider. Income on such loans in excess of amounts retained by FinWise are expensed for services provided by the Strategic Program service provider including its legal commitment to indemnify or reimburse all credit or fraud losses pursuant to credit enhancement agreements. The credit enhancement asset is reduced as credit enhancement payments and recoveries are received from the Strategic Program service provider or taken from its cash reserve account. If the Strategic Program service provider is unable to fulfill its contracted obligations under its credit enhancement agreement, then the Bank could be exposed to the loss of the reimbursement and credit enhancement income as a result of this counterparty risk. See the following reconciliations of non-GAAP measures for the impact of the credit enhancement on our financial condition and results.

The following non-GAAP measures are presented to illustrate the impact of certain credit enhancement expenses on total interest income on loans HFI and average yield on loans HFI:

As of and for the Year Ended
12/31/2024
($ in thousands; unaudited)Total Average Loans HFITotal Interest Income on Loans HFIAverage Yield on Loans HFI
Before adjustment for credit enhancement$417,207$51,19412.27%
Less: credit enhancement expense(8)
Net of adjustment for credit enhancement expenses$417,207$51,18612.27%

Total interest income on loans HFI net of credit enhancement expense and the average yield on loans HFI are non-GAAP measures that include the impact of credit enhancement expense on total interest income on loans HFI and the respective average yield on loans HFI, the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

69

Table of Contents

The following non-GAAP measures are presented to illustrate the impact of certain credit enhancement expenses on net interest income and NIM:

As of and for the Year Ended
12/31/2024
($ in thousands; unaudited)Total Average Interest-Earning AssetsNet Interest IncomeNet Interest Margin
Before adjustment for credit enhancement$589,880$58,9129.99%
Less: credit enhancement expense(8)
Net of adjustment for credit enhancement expenses$589,880$58,9049.99%

Net interest income and net interest margin net of credit enhancement expense are non-GAAP measures that include the impact of credit enhancement expenses on net interest income and net interest margin, the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Non-interest expenses less credit enhancement expenses is a non-GAAP measure presented to illustrate the impact of credit enhancement expense on non-interest expense:

($ in thousands; unaudited)Year Ended December 31, 2024
Total non-interest expense$52,835
Less: credit enhancement expense(8)
Total non-interest expense less credit enhancement expenses$52,827

Total non-interest expense less credit enhancement expense is a non-GAAP measure that illustrates the impact of credit enhancement expenses on non-interest expense, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Total non-interest income less credit enhancement income is a non-GAAP measure to illustrate the impact of credit enhancement income resulting from credit enhanced loans on non-interest income:

($ in thousands; unaudited)Year Ended December 31, 2024
Total non-interest income$22,485
Less: credit enhancement income(111)
Total non-interest income less credit enhancement income$22,374

Total non-interest income less indemnification income is a non-GAAP measure that illustrates the impact of credit enhancement income on non-interest income. The most directly comparable GAAP measure is non-interest income.

The following non-GAAP measure is presented to illustrate the effect of the credit enhancement program that creates the credit enhancement on the allowance for credit losses:

($ in thousands; unaudited)As of December 31, 2024
Allowance for credit losses$(13,176)
Less: allowance for credit losses related to credit enhanced loans(111)
Allowance for credit losses excluding the effect of the allowance for credit losses related to credit enhanced loans$(13,065)

The allowance for credit losses excluding the effect of the allowance for credit losses related to credit enhanced loans is a non-GAAP measure that reflects the effect of the credit enhancement program on the allowance for credit losses. The total outstanding balance of loans held-for-investment with credit enhancement as of December 31, 2024 was approximately $0.9 million.

70

Table of Contents

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001856365-24-000013.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-03-25. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report.

Overview

The Company is a Utah corporation and the parent company of FinWise Bank and FinWise Investment, LLC. The Company’s assets consist primarily of its investment in the Bank and all of its material business activities are conducted through the Bank. The Company is a registered bank holding company that is subject to supervision by the UDFI and the Federal Reserve. As a Utah state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is separately subject to regulations and supervision by both the UDFI and the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are federally insured up to the maximum legal limits.

Our banking business is our only business line. Our banking business offers a diverse range of commercial and retail banking products and services, and consists primarily of originating loans in a variety of sectors. Attracting nationwide deposits from the general public, businesses and other financial institutions, and investing those deposits, together with borrowings and other sources of funds, is also critical to our banking business. While our commercial and residential real estate lending and other products and services offered from our branch continue to be concentrated in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, our third-party loan origination relationships have allowed us to expand into new markets across the United States. These relationships were developed to support our ability to generate significant loan volume across diverse consumer and commercial markets and have been the primary source of our significant growth and superior profitability. Our track record has demonstrated that these factors help deliver superior growth and profitability and that the flexibility inherent in our model enhances our ability to manage credit risk. We gather deposits in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA through our one branch and nationwide from our Strategic Program service providers, SBA 7(a) borrowers, demand deposits sourced through Lively, Inc., institutional deposit exchanges, and brokered deposit arrangements.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend primarily on our ability to (i) originate loans using our strategic relationships with third-party loan origination platforms to earn interest and noninterest income, (ii) effectively manage credit and other risks throughout the Bank, (iii) attract and retain low cost, stable deposits, and (iv) efficiently operate in compliance with applicable regulations.

Our lending focuses on four main lending areas: (i) SBA 7(a) loans, (ii) Strategic Programs, (iii) residential and commercial real estate and (iv) commercial leasing. For a description and analysis of the Company’s loan categories, see “Financial Condition.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Accounting policies, as described in detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Report, are an integral part of our financial statements. A thorough understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial position. We believe that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these estimates, which are likely to occur from period to period, or use of different estimates that we could have reasonably used in the current period, would have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

The JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this Report, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will not be subject to all

47

Index

new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act.

The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and significant estimates that we believe require us to make the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments.

Allowance for Credit Losses. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topic 326 which replaced the incurred loss methodology with CECL for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. CECL requires the immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over the estimated remaining life of the asset. The forward-looking concept of CECL requires loss estimates to consider historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable economic forecasts of future events and circumstances.

The ACL on loans held for investment is the combination of the allowance for credit losses and the reserve for unfunded loan commitments. The allowance for credit losses is reported as a reduction of the amortized cost basis of loans, while the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is included within "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The estimate of credit loss incorporates assumptions for both the likelihood and amount of funding over the estimated life of the commitments, including adjustments for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Management periodically reviews and updates its assumptions for estimated funding rates. The amortized cost basis of loans does not include accrued interest receivable, which is included in "accrued interest receivable" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The "Provision for credit losses" on the Consolidated Statements of Income is a combination of the provision for credit losses and the provision for unfunded loan commitments.

With respect to the Bank's core portfolio which consists of commercial real estate, residential real estate, commercial and industrial, commercial leases and consumer loans, the Bank pools similar loans that are collectively evaluated and determines an appropriate level of general allowance by portfolio segment using a non-discounted cash flow model taking into account probability of default, loss in the event of default, and prepayment speed estimates based on industry specific collected data. The model captures losses over the historical charge-off and prepayment cycle and applies those losses at a loan level over the remaining maturity of the loan. The model then calculates a historical loss rate using the average losses over the reporting period, which is then applied to each segment utilizing a standard reversion rate. With respect to the Bank's active retained Strategic Program loan portfolio, the Bank is using a methodology that compares the actual loan performance of a vintage to the worst performing loans within that vintage, known as the high-water mark. The Bank records the expected credit losses based on the high-water mark loss rate. With respect to the Bank's inactive retained Strategic Program loan portfolio, performance data at the summary level provided by the Strategic Programs is banded by credit profile and original loan term and compared to actual loan performance on a quarterly basis. The expected loss rate is supplemented with adjustments for reasonable and supportable forecasts of relevant economic indicators, including but not limited to national unemployment rate forecasts. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. Also included in the ACL are qualitative factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These qualitative factors include the following that are derived from the Interagency Policy Statement on Allowance for Credit Losses: changes in lending policies and procedures; changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the loan portfolio; changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio and in the terms of loans; changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff; changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, nonaccrual loans, and classified or graded loans; changes in the quality of the Bank's loan review system; changes in the value of underlying collateral for loans that are not collateral-dependent; changes in the level of concentration of credit; changes in the effect of competition, legal, and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses; and, if applicable, changes in the composition and volume of the loan portfolio due to mergers, acquisitions, and other significant transactions not considered elsewhere. The Bank also considers as an additional qualitative factor any lingering "ripple" effects of the Covid-19 pandemic, including lasting changes to consumer behavior, lending, and society at large. It is also possible that these factors could include social, political, economic, and terrorist events or activities. All of these factors are susceptible to change, which may be significant.

When management identifies loans that do not share common risk characteristics (i.e., are not similar to other loans within a pool) they are evaluated on an individual basis. These loans are not included in the collective evaluation. For loans identified as having a likelihood of foreclosure or that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, a collateral dependent approach is used. These are loans for which the repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral. Under CECL, for collateral dependent loans, the Company has adopted the practical expedient method to measure the allowance for credit losses based on the fair value of collateral. The allowance for credit losses is calculated on an individual loan basis based on the shortfall between the fair value of the loan's collateral, which is

48

Index

adjusted for liquidation costs/discounts, and amortized cost. If the fair value of the collateral exceeds the amortized cost, no allowance is required.

The CECL methodology requires a significant amount of management judgment in determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses. Several of the steps in the methodology involve judgment and are subjective in nature including, among other things: segmenting the loan portfolio; determining the amount of loss history to consider; selecting predictive econometric regression models that use appropriate macroeconomic variables; determining the methodology to forecast prepayments; selecting the most appropriate economic forecast scenario; determining the length of the reasonable and supportable forecast and reversion periods; estimating expected utilization rates on unfunded loan commitments; and assessing relevant and appropriate qualitative factors. In addition, the CECL methodology is dependent on economic forecasts, which are inherently imprecise and will change from period to period. Although the allowance for credit losses is considered appropriate, there can be no assurance that it will be sufficient to absorb future losses.

In determining an appropriate amount for the allowance, the Bank segments and aggregates the loan portfolio based on common characteristics. The following segments have been identified:

Commercial Real Estate. These loans are generally secured by owner-occupied nonfarm, nonresidential properties, or by other nonfarm, nonresidential properties. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are typically repaid first by the cash flows generated by the underlying business. Factors that may influence a business' cash flows include, but are not limited to, demand for its products or services, quality and depth of management, degree of competition, regulatory changes, and general economic conditions. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk as they may be dependent on the ongoing success and operating viability of a fewer number of tenants who are occupying the property and who may have a greater degree of exposure to economic conditions.

Commercial and Industrial. These loans are generally secured by business assets such as furniture, fixtures, equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, business vehicles, and other business personal property. Commercial and industrial loans are typically repaid first by the cash flows generated by the borrower's business operations. The primary risk characteristics are specific to the underlying business and its ability to generate sustainable profitability and resulting positive cash flows. Factors that may influence a business' profitability include, but are not limited to, demand for its products or services, quality and depth of management, degree of competition, regulatory changes, and general economic conditions.

Commercial Leases. Equipment financing and leasing typically involve the use of equipment as collateral for the loan. If the borrower defaults on the loan, the Bank may need to repossess and sell the equipment to recover the outstanding debt. However, the value of the equipment may depreciate over time, or disappear, making it difficult for the Bank to recover the full amount of the loan. In equipment leasing, the residual value of the equipment is an important consideration. The residual value is the estimated value of the equipment at the end of the lease term. If the actual value of the equipment is lower than the residual value, the lessor may not be able to recover the full amount of the lease payments.

Construction and Land Development. Risks common to construction loans are cost overruns, changes in market demand for property, supply chain interruption affecting construction materials, inadequate long-term financing arrangements and declines in real estate values. Changes in market demand for property could lead to longer marketing times resulting in higher carrying costs, declining values, and higher interest rates. Risks common to residential lot loans are those similar to other types of real estate construction loans, as many customers finance the purchase of improved lots in anticipation of constructing a 1 to 4 family residence. Accordingly, common risks are changes in market demand for property, supply chain interruption affecting construction materials, inadequate long-term financing arrangements and declines in real estate values. Changes in market demand for property could lead to longer marketing times resulting in higher carrying costs, declining values and higher interest rates.

Consumer. These are loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter terms than residential loans but tend to have higher credit risk due to the type of collateral securing the loan or in some cases the absence of collateral.

Residential Real Estate. These loans are generally secured by 1 to 4 family residential properties. The primary risk characteristics associated with residential mortgage loans typically involve: major living or lifestyle changes to the borrower, including unemployment or other loss of income; unexpected significant expenses, such as for major medical issues or catastrophic events; and divorce or death. In addition, residential mortgage loans that have adjustable rates could expose the borrower to higher debt service requirements in a rising interest rate environment. Further, real estate values

49

Index

could drop significantly and cause the value of the property to fall below the loan amount, creating additional potential loss exposure for the Bank.

Residential Real Estate Multifamily. Risks common to multifamily loans are poor management, high vacancy rates and regulatory changes. The value of multi-family properties can be impacted by changes in the local real estate market. If property values decline, the Bank may not be able to recover the full amount of the loan if the property needs to be foreclosed.

Strategic Program Loans. Unsecured consumer loans and secured or unsecured business loans issued by the Company through these programs generally follow and are limited to specific predetermined underwriting criteria. Strategic Program loans cover a wide range of borrower credit profiles, loan terms and interest rates. Strategic Program loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter terms similar to consumer loans and tend to have higher credit risk due to the type of collateral securing the loan or in most cases the absence of collateral.

The Company generally places loans on a nonaccrual status when: (1) payment is in default for 90 days or more unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection; or (2) full repayment of principal and interest is not foreseen. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued and uncollected interest on that loan is reversed. Past-due interest received on nonaccrual loans is not recognized in interest income but is applied as a reduction of the outstanding principal of the loan consistent with the accounting for impaired loans. A loan is relieved of its nonaccrual status when all principal and interest payments are brought current, the loan is well secured, and an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition provides reasonable assurance that the borrower can repay the loan as scheduled.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans, identified by classified loan grades (also know as risk rating), are removed from the collectively assessed population and added to the individually assessed population of loans. Within the individually assessed population, the Company determines whether loan repayment is expected from cash flow or from the liquidation of collateral. For individually assessed cash flow based repayment loans, the Company considers the net of the present value of estimated future cash flows using the original loan terms, including the original effective interest rate. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not individually evaluated. The Company considers the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the circumstances of the loan and borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to principal and interest owed. For individually assessed collateral based repayment loans, the Company estimates the net realizable value by evaluating the asset's present fair market value (supported by current independent appraisals or evaluations) less liquidation expenses associated with the asset's sale or disposal. Common liquidation expenses considered are commissions paid to brokers or auctioneers, property taxes, force-placed insurance premiums, legal fees, maintenance costs, and other care and preservation of collateral expenses. Within the strategic program loan portfolio, the Company has Held for Investment ("HFI") strategic programs that it considers active and inactive. Strategic programs are considered active when the Company is continuing to originate and retain vintages of loans with the strategic program. Strategic programs are considered inactive when the Company is no longer originating and retaining vintages of loans with the strategic program. For the inactive HFI strategic programs there may still be outstanding loan balances from previously originated vintages; however, those loan balances decrease month-over-month through a combination of prepayment, charge-off, and regular amortization. For the active HFI strategic programs, the Company evaluates impairment collectively on a vintage basis employing a high-water vintage methodology. For the inactive HFI strategic programs, the Company evaluates impairment collectively by calculating blended loss rates comparing the actual loan tapes against portfolio level data provided by the inactive HFI strategic programs.

Stock-based Compensation. Our historical and outstanding stock-based compensation awards are described in Note 10 in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

We record stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) and recognize stock-based compensation expense in the period in which an employee or non-employee is required to provide service, which is generally over the vesting period of the individual stock-based payment award. Compensation expense for awards is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis and we account for forfeitures as they occur. We classify our awards as equity awards and these awards are valued as of the grant date based upon the underlying stock price and a number of assumptions, including volatility, performance period, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

50

Index

The determination of the grant date fair value using an option pricing model is affected principally by our estimated fair value of our common stock and requires us to make a number of other assumptions, including the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. The assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates at the time of measurement. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, as they are inherently subjective. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and interest rates utilized for our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis. If any assumptions change, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

•Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our awards are expected to be outstanding. We calculated the expected term using a permitted simplified method, which is based on the vesting period and contractual term for each tranche of awards.

•Expected Volatility. Prior to our initial public offering, the expected volatility was based on the historical share volatility of several comparable publicly traded companies over a period of time equal to the expected term of the awards, as we did not have any trading history to use the volatility of our own common shares. After the completion of our initial public offering, it is no longer necessary to utilize the volatility of comparable publicly traded companies as we now have historical trading volatility data on our own common shares.

•Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life.

•Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid dividends on our common shares nor do we expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, stock-based compensation expense was $2.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had $1.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, which we expect to recognize over an estimated weighted-average period of 1.5 years. We expect to continue to grant options and other stock-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not to be realized. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period.

We assess all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and we will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available. Our unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not have an impact on our effective tax rate assuming we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance position. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense or benefit. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $0.3 million and de minimis interest and penalties, respectively.

Executive Summary

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 decreased $7.7 million to $17.5 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 due primarily to a $11.9 million reduction in gain on sale of loans primarily attributable to the Company's increased retention of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans the Company originates to increase the interest income the Company receives from such loans, a $6.6 million reduction in strategic program fees resulting primarily from

51

Index

a decline in loan origination volumes, and an increase in non-interest expense of $1.4 million. Partially offsetting these declines were a $4.6 million reduction in the provision for income taxes, a $3.7 million increase in net interest income, a $1.9 million reduction in the provision for credit losses, and a $2.3 million increase in other miscellaneous income.

The net interest margin was 11.65% for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 14.04% for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decline in net interest margin was due primarily to a $26.6 million decrease in the average balances of loans held for sale along with a shift in the Company's deposit portfolio mix from lower costing deposits to higher costing deposits, partially offset by an increase in average yield and balances in the Company's interest bearing deposits.

Total assets increased by $185.4 million to $586.2 million as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to increased brokered deposits utilized to fund a $134.3 million increase in net loans receivable, a $23.9 million increase in Strategic Program loans held-for-sale, and a $16.4 million increase in the Company's interest-bearing deposits.

Originations decreased by $3.0 billion to $4.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 due mainly to adverse market and economic conditions affecting loan purchasers and borrowers.

Results of Operations

Net Income

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated.

For the Years Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20232022
Interest income$64,534$52,329
Interest expense(9,975)(1,434)
Provision for loan losses(11,638)(13,519)
Non-interest income21,08037,411
Non-interest expense(40,188)(38,756)
Provision for income taxes(6,353)(10,916)
Net income$17,460$25,115

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $17.5 million, a decrease of $7.7 million, or 30.5%, from net income of $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily attributable to an $11.9 million, or 87.6%, reduction in the gain on sale of loans primarily attributable to the Company's increased retention of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans the Company originates to increase the interest income the Company receives from such loans, lower strategic program fees of $6.6 million, or 29.2%, resulting primarily from a decline in loan origination volume, and an increase of $8.5 million, or 595.5%, in interest expense primarily associated with a shift in our deposit portfolio mix from lower costing deposits to higher costing deposits. Partially offsetting the decrease in net income were an increase in total interest income of $12.2 million, or 23.3%, a reduction in provision for income taxes of $4.6 million, or 41.8%, a decrease of $1.9 million, or 13.9%, in provision for credit losses, and an increase of $2.3 million, or 871.3%, in other miscellaneous income due primarily to an increase of $1.1 million in rental income earned on the Company's operating lease portfolio and a $0.6 million gain on the resolution of a forbearance agreement in the Company's SBA lending program.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Analysis

Net interest income was the primary contributor to our earnings in 2023 and 2022. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as “volume changes.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

52

Index

For the year ended December 31, 2023, our net interest income increased $3.7 million, or 7.2%, to $54.6 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily due to increases in the yields on all interest earning asset categories and was partially offset by decreases in the loans held-for-sale volume as well as increased rates on our certificate of deposit portfolio. Average interest earning assets increased by $106.0 million, or 29.2%, to $468.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, while the related yield on average interest earning assets decreased by 66 basis points to 13.78%. The cost of funds on interest bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased by 306 basis points to 4.22%, and the average balance in interest bearing liabilities increased by $113.3 million, or 92.0%, to $236.5 million compared to the prior year period. The increase in cost of funds was primarily due to rate increases in time deposits as well as volume growth in our interest bearing demand accounts. Our net interest margin decreased to 11.65% for the year ended December 31, 2023 from 14.04% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Average Balances and Yields. The following table presents average balances for assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing the income or expense by the average balances for assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and represent net fees of approximately $1.0 million and

53

Index

$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Average balances have been calculated using daily averages.

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
($ in thousands)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/RateAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Rate
Interest earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non
U.S. central banks and other banks$110,866$5,7515.19%$74,920$1,1801.58%
Investment securities14,7313382.30%12,4912081.67%
Loans held for sale39,09015,05138.50%65,73721,23732.31%
Loans held for investment303,78443,39414.28%209,35229,70414.19%
Total interest earning assets468,47264,53413.78%362,50052,32914.44%
Non-interest earning assets25,26919,325
Total assets$493,740$381,825
Interest bearing liabilities:
Demand$45,454$1,8564.08%$17,564$5313.02%
Savings8,207510.62%7,31070.10%
Money market accounts13,6653622.65%26,0541160.45%
Certificates of deposit168,8877,7054.56%71,6617781.09%
Total deposits236,2139,9744.22%122,5891,4321.17%
Other borrowings25110.35%56620.35%
Total interest bearing liabilities236,4649,9754.22%123,1551,4341.16%
Non-interest bearing deposits93,126114,174
Non-interest bearing liabilities17,25015,781
Shareholders’ equity146,901128,715
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$493,740$381,825
Net interest income and interest rate spread$54,5599.56%$50,89513.28%
Net interest margin11.65%14.04%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest- bearing liabilities198.12%294.34%

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate. The volume column shows the effects attributable to

54

Index

changes in volume. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Increase (Decrease) Due toIncrease (Decrease) Due to
($ in thousands)RateVolumeTotalRateVolumeTotal
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks$3,777$794$4,571$1,092$27$1,119
Investment securities88421309152161
Loans held-for-sale5,549(11,735)(6,186)(4,460)3,236(1,224)
Loans held for investment19913,49113,6901,6031,4273,030
Total interest income9,6132,59212,205(1,756)4,8423,086
Interest expense:
Demand2411,0851,326270208478
Savings43144(2)(1)(3)
Money market accounts273(27)246251641
Certificates of deposit4,8582,0696,927(213)(9)(222)
Other borrowings(1)(1)(125)(125)
Total interest bearing liabilities5,4143,1278,5428089169
Net interest income$4,199$(536)$3,664$(1,836)$4,753$2,917

Provision for Credit Losses

On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topic 326 which replaced the incurred loss methodology, allowance for loan losses ("ALL"), with CECL for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. The provision for credit losses is a charge to income to bring our allowance for credit losses ("ACL") to a level deemed appropriate by management and approved by our board of directors. We determine the provision for credit losses monthly in connection with our evaluation of the adequacy of our ACL. For a description of the factors we considered in determining the ACL see Recently adopted accounting pronouncements - Allowance for Credit Losses presented in Note 1 - "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Our provision for credit losses was $11.6 million and $13.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The decrease of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in the proportion of loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA in our loans held for investment portfolio. Although the held for investment loan portfolio balances grew by $135.6 million, the majority of that growth was in loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. At December 31, 2023, the Company maintained $131.7 million in loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA compared to $49.5 million in loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA balances as of December 31, 2022. Also contributing to the decrease from the prior year was a reduction in strategic program loans held for investment to which higher risk is attributable. In addition, the provision for the prior year period was calculated under the incurred loss model rather than the current expected credit loss methodology as required under ASU 2016-13 and is not necessarily comparable to the provisions charged in 2023.

Noninterest Income

The largest portion of our noninterest income is associated with our Strategic Program fees. Other sources of noninterest income include gain on sale of loans, SBA loan servicing fees, change in fair value on investment in BFG and other miscellaneous income.

55

Index

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

For the Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20232022$%
Noninterest income:
Strategic Program fees$15,914$22,467$(6,553)(29.2)%
Gain on sale of loans, net1,68413,550(11,866)(87.6)%
SBA loan servicing fees1,4661,603(137)(8.5)%
Change in fair value on investment in BFG(600)(478)(122)25.5%
Other miscellaneous income2,6162692,347872.5%
Total noninterest income$21,080$37,411$(16,331)(43.7)%

For the year ended December 31, 2023, total noninterest income decreased $16.3 million, or 43.7%, to $21.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This decrease was primarily due to an $11.9 million, or 87.6%, reduction in the gain on sale of loans primarily attributable to the Company's increased retention of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans the Company originates to increase the interest income the Company receives from such loans and lower strategic program fees of $6.6 million, or 29.2%, primarily resulting from a decline in loan origination volume.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense has increased as we have grown and as we have expanded and modernized our operational infrastructure and continued to implement our plan to build an efficient, integrated fintech banking operation with significant capacity for growth.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

For the Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20232022$%
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits$25,751$24,489$1,2625.2%
Professional services4,9615,454(493)(9.0)%
Occupancy and equipment expenses3,3122,2041,10850.3%
Impairment of SBA servicing asset(376)1,728(2,104)(121.8)%
Other operating expenses6,5404,8811,65934.0%
Total noninterest expense$40,188$38,756$1,4323.7%

For the year ended December 31, 2023, total noninterest expense increased $1.4 million, or 3.7%, to $40.2 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily due to an increase in other operating expenses primarily related to data processing costs, an increase in salaries and employee benefits related to a higher number of employees, and increased occupancy and equipment expenses related to our increase in commercial operating lease activity, and was partially offset by a recovery on the SBA servicing asset during 2023 that did not occur in the prior year.

56

Index

Financial Condition

The following table summarizes selected components of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

As of December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20232022$%
Total assets$586,221$400,780$185,44146.3%
Investment securities held to maturity, at cost15,38814,2921,0967.7%
Loans receivable, net358,560224,217134,34359.9%
Deposits404,833242,998161,83566.6%
Total shareholders' equity155,056140,45914,59710.4%
Total equity to total assets26.5%35.0%(24.3)%
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic(1)12,488,56412,729,898(1.9)%
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted(1)12,909,64813,357,022(3.3)%

(1)Average shares presented for December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are for the respective years ended on those dates.

Total assets at December 31, 2023 were $586.2 million, an increase of $185.4 million from December 31, 2022. The increase in total assets was due primarily to increases in loans receivable, net, of $134.3 million, Strategic Program loans held-for-sale of $23.9 million, and cash and cash equivalents of $16.4 million. The decline in the total equity to total assets ratio was primarily due to the asset growth achieved during 2023. The reduction in weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding was primarily the result of the Company's share repurchase program that was completed during the third quarter of 2023.

Loan Portfolio

We manage our loan portfolio based on factors that include concentrations per loan program and aggregated portfolio, industry selection and geographies. We also monitor the impact of identified and estimated losses on capital as well as the pricing characteristics of each product. The following provides a general description and the risk characteristics relevant to each of the business lines. Each loan is assigned a risk grade during the origination and closing process by credit administration personnel based on criteria described later in this section. We analyze the resulting ratings, as well as other external statistics and factors such as delinquency, to track the migration performance of the portfolio balances. This ratings analysis is performed at least quarterly.

SBA 7(a) Loans

We originate and service loans partially guaranteed by the SBA under its Section 7(a) loan program. SBA 7(a) loans are made to small businesses and professionals throughout the USA. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total SBA 7(a) loans of $239.9 million and $145.2 million, respectively, representing 64.5% and 61.4% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. Loans are sourced primarily through our referral relationship with BFG. Although BFG actively markets throughout the USA, because of its physical location in the New York area we have developed a lending presence in the New York and New Jersey geographies. The maximum SBA 7(a) loan amount is $5 million. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. These loans may be secured by commercial and residential mortgages as well as liens on business assets. In addition to typical underwriting metrics, we review the nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business and management experience to help us target loans that we believe have lower credit risk. The SBA 7(a) program generally provides 50%, 75%, 85% and 90% guarantees for eligible SBA 7(a) loans. The guaranty is conditional and covers a portion of the risk of payment default by the borrower, but not the risk of improper underwriting, closing or servicing by the lender. As such, prudent underwriting, closing and servicing processes are essential to effective utilization of the SBA 7(a) program. Historically, we have generally sold the SBA-guaranteed portion (typically 75% of the principal balance) of a majority of the loans we originate at a premium in the secondary market while retaining all servicing rights and the unguaranteed portion. In light of reduced gain-on-sale premiums and increasing variable loan rates during 2022 and 2023, we retained on our balance sheet a greater

57

Index

percentage of the guaranteed portion of certain SBA loans that we originated than we have historically, which we believe will benefit the Company through stronger government guaranteed held for investment loan growth and an increased recurring stream of interest income and partially offset the related decline in gain-on-sale revenue.

Commercial leases

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total commercial leases of $38.1 million and $9.3 million, respectively, representing 10.2% and 3.9% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. Underwriting for smaller ticket credit requests is generally scorecard-based. Underwriting for larger ticket credit requests is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. These leases are generally secured by liens on business assets leased or purchased with Company funds. Historically, we have retained these leases on our balance sheet for investment; however, the Company may occasionally sell leases to certain purchasers.

Commercial, non-real estate

Commercial non-real estate loans consist of loans made to commercial enterprises that are not secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total commercial non-real estate loans of $2.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively, representing 0.7% and 0.9% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. Any loan, line of credit, or letter of credit (including any unfunded commitments) and any interest obtained in such loans made by another lender to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, not secured by real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes are included in this category. For example, commercial vehicle term loans and commercial working capital term loans. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. These loans are generally secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Residential real estate

Residential real estate loans include construction, lot and land development loans that are for the purpose of acquisition and development of property to be improved through the construction of residential buildings, and loans secured by other residential real estate. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total residential real estate loans of $38.1 million and $37.8 million, respectively, representing 10.2% and 16.0% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. Construction loans are usually paid off through the conversion to permanent financing from third-party lending institutions. Lot loans may be paid off as the borrower converts to a construction loan. At the completion of the construction project, if the loan is converted to permanent financing by us or if scheduled loan amortization begins, it is then reclassified from construction to single-family dwelling. Underwriting of construction and development loans typically includes analysis of not only the borrower’s financial condition and ability to meet the required debt obligations, but also the general market conditions associated with the area and type of project being funded. These loans are generally secured by mortgages for residential property located primarily in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, and we obtain guarantees from responsible parties. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Strategic Program loans

We, through our Strategic Program service providers, issue, on a nationwide basis, unsecured consumer and secured or unsecured business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles. Although we have generally sold most of these loans, we may determine to hold more of the funded loans and/or receivables based on a number of factors including the amount of our available capital and risk management considerations. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total Strategic Program loans held for investment of $19.4 million and $24.3 million, respectively, representing 5.2% and 10.2% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. Loans originated through these programs are limited to predetermined Bank underwriting criterion, which has been approved by our board of directors. The primary form of repayment on these loans is from personal or business cash flow. Business loans may be secured by liens on business assets, as applicable. We reserve the right to sell any portion of funded loans and/or receivables directly to the Strategic Program service providers or other investors. We generally retain the legal right to service all these loans, but contract with the Strategic Program service provider or another approved sub-servicer to service these loans on our behalf.

58

Index

Commercial real estate

Commercial real estate loans include loans to individuals, sole proprietors, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, secured by real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total commercial real estate loans of $22.8 million and $12.1 million, respectively, representing 6.1% and 5.2% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. The commercial real estate loans that are owner occupied as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 represent 91.1% and 72.4% of the commercial real estate loans, respectively. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. In addition to real estate, these loans may also be secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Consumer

Consumer lending provides financing for personal, family, or household purposes on a nationwide basis. Most of these loans are originated through our POS platform and come from a variety of sources, including other approved merchant or dealer relationships and lending platforms. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had total consumer loans of $11.4 million and $5.8 million, respectively, representing 3.1% and 2.5% of our total loans held for investment, respectively. We use a debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratio to determine whether an applicant will be able to service the debt. The DTI ratio compares the applicant’s anticipated monthly expenses and total monthly obligations to the applicant’s monthly gross income. Our policy is to limit the DTI ratio to 45% after calculating interest payments related to the new loan. Loan officers, at their discretion, may make exceptions to this ratio if the loan is within their authorized lending limit. DTI ratios of no more than 50% may be approved subject to an increase in interest rate. Strong offsetting factors such as higher discretionary income or large down payments are used to justify exceptions to these guidelines. All exceptions are documented and reported. While the loans are generally for the purchase of goods which may afford us a purchase money security interest, they are underwritten as if they were unsecured. On larger loans, we may file a Uniform Commercial Code financing form. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Loan Portfolio Program Summary

Through our diversification efforts we have built a portfolio that we believe positions us to withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries and loan types that have historically lower loss rates such as professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), non-store retailers (e-commerce), and ambulatory healthcare services.

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by loan program as of the dates indicated:

As of December 31,
20232022
Amount% of total loansAmount% of total loans
SBA(1)$239,92264.5%$145,17261.4%
Commercial leases38,11010.2%9,2523.9%
Commercial, non real estate2,4570.7%2,2320.9%
Residential real estate38,12310.2%37,81516.0%
Strategic Program loans19,4085.2%24,25910.2%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied20,7985.6%8,7333.7%
Non-owner occupied2,0250.5%3,3301.4%
Consumer11,3723.1%5,8082.5%
Total$372,215100.0%$236,601100.0%

(1)SBA loans as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 include $131.7 million and $49.5 million, respectively, of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA.

59

Index

Loan Maturity and Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

As of December 31, 2023, $196.0 million, or 52.7%, of the total held for investment loan balance matures in less than five years. Loans maturing in greater than five years totaled $176.2 million as of December 31, 2023. The variable rate portion of our total held for investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 was $281.7 million, or 75.7%. The variable rate portion of the total held for investment loans reflects our strategy of minimizing interest rate risk through the use of variable rate products.

The following tables detail maturities and sensitivity to interest rate changes for our loan portfolio at December 31, 2023:

As of December 31, 2023Remaining Contractual Maturity Held for Investment
($ in thousands)One Year or LessAverage Yield/RateAfter One Year and Through Five YearsAverage Yield/RateAfter Five Years and Through Fifteen YearsAverage Yield/Rate
Fixed rate loans:
SBA$4934.39%$7969.23%$1,60610.45%
Commercial leases10,0736.83%27,4137.16%6247.56%
Commercial, non-real estate7035.68%1,6215.82%1233.76%
Residential real estate6,2307.07%4,6537.65%604.29%
Strategic Program loans14,305125.05%5,10382.20%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1,9767.04%1,7257.85%%
Non-owner occupied1014.60%1083.51%2443.48%
Consumer3,0516.40%7,6685.79%6539.17%
Variable rate loans:
SBA15,72010.87%62,36710.87%100,88010.70%
Commercial leases%%%
Commercial, non-real estate%%%
Residential real estate23,7189.02%1,9415.85%1,5214.55%
Strategic Program loans%%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied9438.91%3,7668.91%7,3849%
Non-owner occupied1,54110.50%%%
Consumer%%%
Total$78,85429.82%$117,16112.37%$113,09510.48%

60

Index

As of December 31, 2023Remaining Contractual Maturity Held for Investment
($ in thousands)After Fifteen YearsAverage Yield/RateTotalAverage Yield/Rate
Fixed rate loans:
SBA$1,14310.41%$4,0389.46%
Commercial leases%38,1107.08%
Commercial, non-real estate103.77%2,4575.67%
Residential real estate%10,9437.30%
Strategic Program loans%19,408113.78%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied%3,7017.42%
Non-owner occupied314%4843.73%
Consumer%11,3726.15%
Variable rate loans:
SBA56,91710.45%235,88410.70%
Commercial leases%%
Commercial, non-real estate%%
Residential real estate%27,1808.54%
Strategic Program loans%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied5,00410%17,0979.52%
Non-owner occupied%1,54110.50%
Consumer%%
Total$63,10510.43%$372,21515.16%

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were contractually due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether such loans are actually past due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. We also generally place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent recoveries received (either from payments received from the customer, derived from the disposition of collateral or from legal action, such as judgment enforcement) exceed liquidation expenses incurred and outstanding principal.

A non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when (1) none of its principal and interest is due and unpaid, and we expect repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, or (2) when asset otherwise becomes well secured and is not in the process of collection.

Any loan which we deem to be uncollectible, in whole or in part, is charged off to the extent of the anticipated loss. In general, loans that are past due for 90 days or more are charged off unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. We believe our disciplined lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our loan officers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

61

Index

The Company had a total of $27.1 million in nonperforming assets and $0.5 million in material loan modifications at December 31, 2023. The amount of nonperforming assets and material loan modifications as of December 31, 2023 include $15.0 million and $0.3 million,respectively,of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. The Company had no nonperforming assets and $0.4 million in troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2022. The amount of troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2022 include $0.3 million of SBA 7(a) loan balances that are guaranteed by the SBA. The increase in nonperforming assets from the prior period was primarily attributable to several loans in the SBA 7(a) loan portfolio moving to nonperforming status due mainly to the negative impact of elevated interest rates on the Bank's small business borrowers.

The following table provides information with respect to our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:

December 31, 2023
Loans Past Due and Still Accruing
($ in thousands)30-89 Days Past Due90 Days and GreaterTotalNon- Accrual Loans with no ACL(1)Non-Accrual Loans with ACLCurrent LoansTotal Loans
Construction and land development$1,648$297$1,945$$$26,385$28,330
Residential real estate23231,58549,82051,428
Residential real estate multifamily647647
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied21,643640164,267186,550
Non-owner occupied2,36212,99215,354
Commercial and industrial28221,11721,399
Consumer814712810,86010,989
Commercial leases38,11038,110
Retained Strategic Program loans1,953962,04917,35919,408
Total$3,705$440$4,145$25,872$640$341,558$372,215
(1) Included in the nonaccrual loan balances are $15.0 million of SBA 7(a) loan balances guaranteed by the SBA.

Credit Risk Profile

We believe that we underwrite loans carefully and thoroughly, limiting our lending activities to those products and services where we have the resources and expertise to lend profitably without undue credit risk. We require all loans to conform to policy (or otherwise be identified as exceptions to policy and monitored and reported on, at minimum, quarterly) and be granted on a sound and collectable basis. Loans are made with a primary emphasis on loan profitability, credit risk and concentration exposures.

We are proactive in our approach to identifying and resolving problem loans and are focused on working with the borrowers and guarantors of problem loans to provide loan modifications when warranted. When considering how to best diversify our loan portfolio, we consider several factors including our aggregate and product-line specific concentration risks, our business line expertise, and the ability of our infrastructure to appropriately support the product. While certain product lines generate higher net charge-offs, our exposure is carefully monitored and mitigated by our concentration policies and reserved for by the loan loss allowance we maintain. Specifically, retention of certain Strategic Program loans with higher default rates accounts for a disproportionate amount of our charge-offs. In addition to our oversight of the credit policies and processes associated with these programs, we limit within our concentration policies the aggregate exposure of these loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, carefully monitor certain vintage loss-indicative factors such as first payment default and marketing channels, and appropriately provision for these balances so that the cumulative charge-off rates remain consistent with management expectations. While the level of nonperforming assets fluctuates in

62

Index

response to changing economic and market conditions, the relative size and composition of the loan portfolio, and our management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets, we believe our proactive stance to early identification and intervention is the key to successfully managing our loan portfolio.

Accurate and timely loan risk grading is considered a critical component of an effective credit risk management system. Loan grades take into consideration the borrower’s financial condition, industry trends, and the economic environment. Loan risk grades are changed as necessary to reflect the risk inherent in the loan. Among other things, we use loan risk grading information for loan pricing, risk and collection management and determining monthly loan loss reserve adequacy. Further, on a quarterly basis, the Loan Committee holds a Loan Risk Grade meeting, wherein all loans in our portfolio are reviewed for accurate risk grading. Any changes are made after the Loan Risk Grade meeting to provide for accurate reporting. Reporting is achieved in Loan Committee minutes, which minutes are reviewed by the Board. We supplement credit department supervision of the loan underwriting, approval, closing, servicing and risk grading process with periodic loan reviews by risk department personnel specific to the testing of controls.

We use a grading system to rank the quality of each loan. The grade is periodically evaluated and adjusted as performance dictates. Loan grades 1 through 4 are passing grades, grade 5 is special mention. Collectively, grades 6 (substandard), 7 (doubtful) and 8 (loss) represent classified loans within the portfolio. The following guidelines govern the assignment of these risk grades. We do not currently grade Strategic Program loans held for investment due to their small balances and homogenous nature. As credit quality for Strategic Program loans have been highly correlated with delinquency levels, the Strategic Program loans are evaluated collectively for impairment.

Grade 1: Pass - Loans fully secured by deposit accounts. Loans where the borrower has strong sources of repayment, generally 5 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. Debt of the borrower is modest relative to the borrower’s financial strength and ability to pay with a DTI ratio of less than 25%. Cash flow is very strong as evidenced by significant discretionary income amounts. Borrower will consistently maintain 30% of the outstanding debts in deposit accounts with us, often with the right of offset, holds, etc. Loan to value ratios (LTV) will be 60% or less. Loans in this category require very minimal monitoring.

Grade 2: Pass - The borrower has good sources of repayment, generally 3 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. The debt of the borrower is reasonable relative to the borrower’s financial strength with a DTI ratio of less than 35%. Cash flow is strong as evidenced by exceptional discretionary income amounts. Borrowers will consistently maintain 20% of the outstanding debts in deposit accounts with us. LTV ratios will be 70% or less. These loans require minimal monitoring.

Grade 3: Pass - There is a comfortable primary source of repayment, generally 2 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. Borrowers may exhibit a mix of strengths and weaknesses. For example, they have either adequate cash flow with higher than desired leverage, or marginal cash flow with strong collateral and liquidity. Borrowers will have DTIs less than 45%. Borrowers will generally maintain deposit accounts with us, but the consistency and amount of the deposits are not as strong as Grades 1 and 2. LTV ratios will be within our guidelines. These loans will be monitored on a quarterly basis.

Grade 4: Pass Watch – There is adequate primary source of repayment, generally employment time or time in a related field is less than 2 years. Borrowers’ debt to income ratios may fall outside of our guidelines or there is minimal excess cash flow. There may be heavy reliance on collateral, or the loan is large, relative to the financial strength of the borrower. The loans may be maintenance intensive requiring closer monitoring.

Grade 5: Special Mention – A loan in this category has a specific weakness or problem but does not currently present a significant risk of loss or default as to any material terms of the loan or financing agreement. A typical problem could include a documentation deficiency. If the deficiency is corrected the account will be re-graded.

Grade 6: Classified Substandard – A substandard loan has a developing or current weakness or weaknesses that could result in loss or default if deficiencies are not corrected, or adverse conditions arise.

Grade 7: Classified Doubtful – A doubtful loan has an existing weakness or weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts and conditions, highly questionable and improbable.

Grade 8: Classified Loss – A loss loan has an existing weakness or weaknesses that render the loan uncollectible and of such little value that continuing to carry as an asset on our book is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical nor desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

63

Index

The following table presents, as of the period presented, the loan balances by loan program as well as risk rating. No loans were classified as 'Loss' grade during the periods presented.

December 31, 2023202320222021PriorRevolving LoansTotal
($ in thousands)
Construction and land development
Pass$12,919$10,345$4,354$97$$27,715
Watch
Special Mention
Substandard615615
Total12,91910,9604,3549728,330
Current period gross writeoff
Residential real estate
Pass2,2098741,4802,9472,2499,759
Watch23,61412,3991,6612,03539,709
Special Mention20811219
Substandard1,5851561,741
Total25,82314,8583,3495,1492,24951,428
Current period gross writeoff(121)(104)(225)
Residential real estate multifamily
Pass27826380621
Watch2626
Special Mention
Substandard
Total2782638026647
Current period gross writeoff
Commercial real estate owner occupied
Pass12,5661,23485412,20726,861
Watch62,36053,83211,8717,654135,717
Special Mention1921,4981,690
Substandard16,4663,7121,0661,03822,282
Total91,39258,97013,79122,397186,550
Current period gross writeoff(318)(21)(97)(278)(714)
Commercial real estate non-owner occupied
Pass2,8051,2944194,518
Watch4,3822,6351,2232348,474
Special Mention
Substandard2,3622,362
Total7,1876,2911,22365315,354
Current period gross writeoff

64

Index

Commercial and industrial
Pass2,090601744821314,287
Watch10,1574,60076493016,451
Special Mention88
Substandard260393653
Total12,5075,2011,5082,1523121,399
Current period gross writeoff(87)(114)(122)(149)(472)
Consumer
Pass7,7921,975637558210,964
Watch24125
Special Mention
Substandard
Total7,8161,975637559210,989
Current period gross writeoff(3)(5)(53)(7)(68)
Commercial leases
Pass31,3136,55923838,110
Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Total31,3136,55923838,110
Current-period gross writeoffs
Retained Strategic Program loans
Pass
Watch
Special Mention
Substandard
Not Rated14,5063,6091,292119,408
Total14,5063,6091,292119,408
Current-period gross writeoffs(3,773)(6,154)(1,017)(2)(10,946)
Total portfolio loans receivable, gross203,741108,68626,23431,2722,282372,215
Total current-period gross writeoffs(4,181)(6,415)(1,289)(540)(12,425)

Allowance for Credit Losses

We adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2016–13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), commonly referred to as the “CECL model,” on January 1, 2023.

The estimate of credit loss incorporates assumptions for both the likelihood and amount of funding over the estimated life of the commitments, including adjustments for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Management periodically reviews and updates its assumptions for estimated funding rates. Our judgment in determining the adequacy of the ACL is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available and as situations and information change. We evaluate the ACL on a monthly basis and take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and current economic conditions and trends that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. The quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ACL is reviewed by regulatory examinations and the Company’s auditors.

65

Index

Credit losses are charged against the ACL when we believe that the collectability of the principal loan balance is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ACL when received. The amortized cost basis of loans does not include accrued interest receivable, which is included in "accrued interest receivable" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The "Provision for credit losses" on the Consolidated Statements of Income is a combination of the provision for credit losses and the provision for unfunded loan commitments.

The following tables present a summary of changes in the ACL for the periods and dates indicated:

($ in thousands)Year EndedDecember 31, 2023
ACL:
Beginning balance$11,985
Impact of ASU 2016-13 adoption(1)257
Adjusted beginning balance12,242
Provision for loan losses11,525
Charge offs
Construction and land development
Residential real estate(225)
Residential real estate multifamily
Commercial real estate(714)
Commercial and industrial(472)
Consumer(68)
Commercial leases
Strategic Program loans(10,946)
Recoveries
Construction and land development
Residential real estate90
Residential real estate multifamily
Commercial real estate379
Commercial and industrial21
Consumer2
Commercial leases
Strategic Program loans1,054
Ending balance$12,888

(1) ASU 2016-13 (CECL) was adopted January 1, 2023.

66

Index

($ in thousands)Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
ACL(2):
Beginning balance$9,855
Provision for loan losses13,519
Charge offs
SBA(392)
Commercial leases
Commercial, non-real estate
Residential real estate
Strategic Program loans(11,948)
Commercial real estate
Consumer(66)
Recoveries
SBA66
Commercial leases
Commercial, non-real estate2
Residential real estate
Strategic Program loans885
Commercial real estate
Consumer64
Ending balance$11,985

(2) ASU 2016-13 (CECL) was adopted January 1, 2023. The 2022 amounts presented are calculated under the prior accounting standard.

The following tables show the allocation of the ACL as of December 31, 2023, and allowance for loan losses ("ALL") as of December 31, 2022, among loan categories. The ACL related to Strategic Programs constitutes 54.8% of the total ACL while comprising 5.2% of total loans held for investment as of December 31, 2023. The ALL related to Strategic Programs constitutes 55.9% of the total ALL while comprising 10.2% of total loans held for investment as of December 31, 2022.

67

Index

The percentage of ACL related to Strategic Program loans retained reflects the increased credit risks associated with certain retained Strategic Program loans.

December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)Amount% ofTotalAllowance
Construction and land development$3162.5%
Residential real estate9567.4%
Residential real estate multifamily6%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied3,33625.9%
Non-owner occupied2822.2%
Commercial and industrial3612.8%
Consumer2111.6%
Commercial leases3552.8%
Strategic Program loans7,06554.8%
Total$12,888100.0%
December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)Amount% of Total Allowance
SBA$4,29435.8%
Commercial leases3452.9%
Commercial, non real estate560.5%
Residential real estate4974.2%
Strategic Program loans6,70155.9%
Commercial real estate270.2%
Consumer650.5%
Total$11,985100.0%

The following table reflects the ratios of the ACL to total loans held for investment ("LHFI"), nonaccrual loans to total loans held for investment, and the ACL to nonaccrual loans by CECL loan category as of December 31, 2023.

ACL to Total LHFINonaccrual loans to Total LHFIACL to Nonaccrual loans
Construction and land development1.1%%%
Residential real estate1.9%3.1%60.3%
Residential real estate multifamily1.0%%%
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied1.8%11.6%15.4%
Non-owner occupied1.8%15.4%12.0%
Commercial and industrial1.7%1.3%128.2%
Consumer1.9%%%
Commercial leases0.9%%%
Strategic Program loans36.4%%%
Total3.5%7.0%49.8%

68

Index

The following table reflects the ratios of the ALL to total loans held for investment, nonaccrual loans to total loans held for investment, and the ALL to nonaccrual loans by loan category as of December 31, 2022.

($ in thousands)ALL to Total LHFINonaccrual to Total LHFIALL to Nonaccrual loans
SBA3.0%%%
Commercial leases4.3%%%
Commercial, non-real estate%%%
Residential real estate1.3%%%
Strategic Program loans27.6%%%
Commercial real estate0.2%%%
Consumer1.1%%%
Total5.1%%%

The decrease in ACL/ALL to total loans held for investment for the periods presented above was primarily due to growth in the SBA 7(a) loan balances with $131.7 million and $49.5 million of loan balances guaranteed by the SBA at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase in nonaccrual loans to loans held for investment and the increase in ACL to nonaccrual loans ratios from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023 was primarily related to a small number of large SBA loans that were moved to nonaccrual status during 2023.

The following table reflects the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category, as of the dates indicated.

For the Years Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)NetCharge-Offs (Recoveries)Average LoansNCO to Average LoansNet Charge- Offs (Recoveries)Average LoansNCO (Recovery) to Average Loans
SBA$903$196,8350.5%$326$132,1990.2%
Commercial leases22,227%4,483%
Commercial, non-real estate(1)3,247%(2)3,079(0.1)%
Residential real estate31,906%27,937%
Strategic program loans9,89221,48346.0%11,06327,37840.4%
Commercial real estate1919,7160.1%8,912%
Consumer668,3690.8%25,364%
Total$10,879$303,7837.2%$11,389$209,35211.0%

Due primarily to the increase in our average loans held for investment balances, the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category was lower during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in the ratio for Strategic Programs loans was primarily due to a reduction in the average loan balances in the year ended December 31, 2023.

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

Our interest-bearing deposits in other banks increased to $116.6 million at December 31, 2023 from $100.2 million at December 31, 2022, an increase of $16.4 million, or 16.4%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in brokered time deposit balances. Interest-bearing deposits in other banks have generally been the primary repository of the liquidity we use to fund our operations. Aside from minimal balances held with our correspondent banks, the majority of our interest-bearing deposits in other banks was held directly with the Federal Reserve.

69

Index

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital requirements.

We classify investment securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale based on our intentions and the Company’s ability to hold such securities until maturity. In determining such classifications, securities that we have the positive intent and the ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are designated as available-for-sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. For the year presented, all securities were classified as held-to-maturity.

The following table summarizes the contractual maturities, amortized cost, and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2023.

As of December 31, 2023
After Five to Ten Years WeightedAfter Ten YearsWeighted
($ in thousands)AmortizedCostWeightedAverageYieldAmortizedCostWeightedAverageYieldTotalAmortizedCost
Mortgage-backed securities$1,9752.7%$4,9841.8%$6,959
Collateralized mortgage obligations7703.3%7,6593.2%8,429
Total$2,7452.8%$12,6432.7%$15,388

The weighted average yield of investment securities is the sum of all interest that the investments generate, divided by the sum of the book value.

There were no calls, sales or maturities of securities during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

At December 31, 2023, there were 19 securities, consisting of nine collateralized mortgage obligations and 10 mortgage-backed securities, in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2023 and 17 securities, consisting of eight collateralized mortgage obligations and nine mortgage-backed securities, in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2022.

Total Liabilities

Total liabilities increased from $260.3 million at December 31, 2022 to $431.2 million at December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in total deposits.

Deposits

Deposits are the major source of funding for the Company. We offer a variety of deposit products including interest and noninterest bearing demand accounts, HSA demand deposits sourced through Lively, Inc., money market and savings accounts and certificates of deposit, all of which we market at competitive pricing. We generate deposits from our customers on a relationship basis and through access to national institutional and brokered deposit sources. We also generate deposits in relation to our Strategic Programs in the form of reserve accounts as discussed above. These deposits add an element of flexibility in that they tend to increase or decrease in relation to the size of our Strategic Program loan portfolio. In addition to the reserve account, some Strategic Program loan originators maintain operating deposit accounts with us.

70

Index

The following tables present the end of period and average balances of our deposit portfolio for the periods indicated (average balances have been calculated using daily averages):

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)TotalPercentTotalPercent
Period end:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$95,48623.6%$78,81732.5%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand50,05812.4%50,74620.8%
Savings8,6332.1%8,2893.4%
Money markets11,6612.9%10,8824.5%
Time certificates of deposit238,99559.0%94,26438.8%
Total period end deposits$404,833100.0%$242,998100.0%
For the Years Ended
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)TotalWeighted Average rate paidPercent of totalTotalWeighted Average rate paidPercent of total
Average:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$93,126%28.3%$114,174%48.2%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand45,4544.08%13.8%17,5643.02%7.4%
Savings8,2070.62%2.5%7,3100.10%3.1%
Money market13,6652.65%4.1%26,0540.45%11.0%
Time certificates of deposit168,8874.56%51.3%71,6611.09%30.3%
Total average deposits$329,3393.03%100.0%$236,7630.61%100.0%

Our deposits increased to $404.8 million as of December 31, 2023 from $243.0 million as of December 31, 2022, an increase of $161.8 million, or 66.6%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in brokered time deposits and noninterest-bearing demand deposits utilized in the funding of our lending programs.

As an FDIC-insured institution, our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 for most deposit accounts and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. Our total uninsured deposits were $136.9 million and $108.4 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The maturity profile of our uninsured time deposits, those amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit, at December 31, 2023 is as follows:

December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)Three months or lessMore than three months to six monthsMore than six months to twelve monthsMore than twelve monthsTotal
Time deposits, uninsured$627$184$32$1,154$1,997

71

Index

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Management

Liquidity management is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, the sale of loans, repayment of loans and net profits. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, loan prepayments, loan sales and security sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition.

Our primary source of funds to originate new loans is derived from deposits. Deposits are comprised of core and noncore deposits. We use brokered deposits and a rate listing service to advertise rates to banks, credit unions, and other institutional entities. We designate deposits obtained from this source as Institutional Deposits. To attract deposits from local and nationwide consumer and commercial markets, we historically paid rates at the higher end of the market, which we have been able to pay due to our high margin and technology-oriented business model. We utilize rate listing services and website advertising to attract deposits from consumer and commercial sources.

We regularly evaluate new, core deposit products. We intend to have various term offerings to match our funding needs. With no current plans to expand our brick-and-mortar branch network, online and mobile banking offers a means to meet customer needs and better efficiency through technology compared to traditional branch networks. We believe that the rise of mobile, online banking, and integrated fintech banking solutions provides us the opportunity to further leverage the technological competency we have demonstrated in recent years.

We regularly adjust our investment in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management, funds management and liquidity policies. The objective of the liquidity policy is to reduce the risk to our earnings and capital arising from the inability to meet obligations in a timely manner. This entails ensuring sufficient funds are available at a reasonable cost to meet potential demands from both fund providers and borrowers. Liquid assets, defined as cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits, were 20.0% of total assets at December 31, 2023.

We primarily utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities, each of which is discussed below. At December 31, 2023, we had the ability to access $11.4 million from the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window and $0.8 million from the Federal Reserve Bank's Bank Term Funding Program on a collateralized basis. Through Zions Bank, the Bank had an unsecured line available of $5.0 million at December 31, 2023. The Bank had an available unsecured line of credit with Bankers’ Bank of the West to borrow up to $1.1 million in overnight funds. We also maintain a $30.5 million line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank, secured by specific pledged loans. We had no outstanding balances on such unsecured or secured lines of credit as of December 31, 2023. In long term borrowings, we had $0.2 million outstanding at December 31, 2023 related to the PPPLF. The PPPLF is secured by pledged PPP loans.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2023, liquid assets (defined as cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits), consisting of cash and due from banks, totaled $117.0 million. We believe that our liquid assets combined with the available lines of credit provide adequate liquidity to meet our current financial obligations for at least the next 12 months.

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is primarily reflected in the increased cost of operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods or services.

Capital Resources

Shareholders’ equity increased $14.6 million to $155.1 million at December 31, 2023 compared to $140.5 million at December 31, 2022. The increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $17.5 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2023. Exercised stock options and stock-based compensation increased additional paid-in capital in the aggregate by approximately $2.1 million while the repurchase of common stock and the adoption of ASC 2016-13 (CECL) reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $4.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

72

Index

We use several indicators of capital strength. The most commonly used measure is total equity to total assets, which was 26.5% and 35.0% as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Our return on average equity was 11.9% and 19.6% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our return on average assets was 3.5% and 6.4% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

We seek to maintain adequate capital to support anticipated asset growth, operating needs and unexpected risks, and to ensure that we are in compliance with all current and anticipated regulatory capital guidelines. Our primary sources of new capital include retained earnings and proceeds from the sale and issuance of capital stock or other securities. Expected future use or activities for which capital may be set aside include balance sheet growth and associated relative increases in market or credit exposure, investment activity, potential product and business expansions, acquisitions and strategic or infrastructure investments.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is deemed “well capitalized” if its Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio, and Total Capital ratio meet or exceed 5%, 6.5%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly finalized a rule intending to simplify the regulatory capital requirements described above for qualifying community banking organizations that opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework, as required by Section 201 of the Regulatory Relief Act. The Bank has elected to opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework starting in 2020. Under these new capital requirements the Bank must maintain a leverage ratio greater than 9.0% for each year beginning in 2022.

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (there are no conditions or events since that notification we believe have changed the Bank’s category). The following table sets forth the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank and the amount of capital required to be categorized as well-capitalized as of the dates indicated.

73

Index

The following table presents the regulatory capital ratios for the Bank as of the dates indicated:

As of
Capital RatiosDecember 31, 2023December 31, 2022Well-CapitalizedRequirement
Leverage Ratio (under CBLR)20.7%25.1%9.0%

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. While our liquidity monitoring and management consider both present and future demands for and sources of liquidity, the following table of contractual commitments focuses only on future obligations and summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023.

($ in thousands)TotalLess thanOne YearOne to Three YearsThree toFive YearsMoreThan FiveYears
Contractual Obligations
Deposits without stated maturity$145,544$145,544$$$
Time deposits238,99576,32292,49469,640539
Long term borrowings(1)190190
Operating lease obligations6,6631,1042,2042,3381,017
Total$391,392$222,970$94,888$71,978$1,556

(1)Balances in this category pertain to the PPPLF and are fully-collateralized with PPP loans

Off-Balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated statements of financial condition. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit, which involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk exceeding the amounts recognized in our consolidated statements of financial condition. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amounts of these commitments. The same credit policies and procedures are used in making these commitments as for on-balance sheet instruments. We are not aware of any accounting loss to be incurred by funding these commitments; if required, we would maintain an allowance for off-balance sheet credit risk which would be recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Our commitments to extend credit as of the dates indicated are summarized below. Since commitments associated with commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

As of December 31,
($ in thousands)20232022
Revolving, open-end lines of credit$1,630$1,683
Commercial real estate17,42117,886
Other unused commitments724253
Total commitments$19,775$19,822

GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

One of the financial measures included in this Report is not a measure of financial performance recognized by GAAP. This non-GAAP financial measure is “tangible book value per share.” Our management uses this non-GAAP financial measure in its analysis of our performance.

74

Index

•“Tangible book value per share” is defined as book value per share less goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the outstanding number of common shares at the end of each period. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is book value per share. We had no goodwill or other intangible assets as of any of the dates indicated. We have not considered loan servicing rights or loan trailing fee asset as intangible assets for purposes of this calculation. As a result, tangible book value per share is the same as book value per share as of each of the dates indicated.

We believe this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measure has a number of limitations. As such, you should not view this measure as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and such measure is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective expected dates of adoption and anticipated effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001140361-23-014828.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-03-30. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report.

Executive Summary

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2022, decreased $6.5 million to $25.1 million when compared to the prior year due primarily to an increase in the provision for loan losses of $5.5 million
as a result of increased charge off rates in our Strategic Programs loan portfolio and an aggregate increase of $9.2 million for all categories of non-interest expenses as the Company continues to build its operating infrastructure by adding
staff in our information technology and security division to support enhancements in the infrastructure as well as an increase in contractual bonuses paid relating to the expansion of our Strategic Programs in the first half of 2022. Partially
offsetting these expense increases were increases in non-interest income of $5.6 million, mainly due to increases in our Strategic Program fees and gain on the sale of loans, net, as well as an increase in net interest income of $2.9 million due
primarily to increased interest rates and loan volumes.

The net interest margin was 14.04% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 15.10% for the prior year. The decline in net interest margin was due primarily to a $44.7 million increase in
the average balances of interest earning assets along with lower average yields related to the loans held for sale portfolio.

Total assets increased by $20.6 million to $400.8 million as of December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily attributable to a $26.1 million increase in net loans
receivable, a $14.8 million increase in cash and cash equivalents, a $5.0 million increase in operating lease assets, and a $6.2 million increase in net premises and equipment partially offset by a $37.2 million decrease in Strategic Program
loans held-for-sale.

Originations of Strategic Program loans held-for-sale increased by $638.9 million to $7.0 billion the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year due mainly to the continued maturation
of multiple platforms.

Results of Operations

Net Income

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated.

For the Years Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20222021
Interest income$52,329$49,243
Interest expense(1,434)(1,265)
Provision for loan losses(13,519)(8,039)
Non-interest income37,41131,844
Non-interest expense(38,756)(29,511)
Provision for income taxes(10,916)(10,689)
Net income25,11531,583

54

Index

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $25.1 million, a decrease of $6.5 million, or 20.5%, from net income of $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease was
primarily due to an increase of $5.5 million, or 68.2%, in the provision for loan losses primarily due to increased charge offs in our Strategic Programs loan portfolio and an aggregate increase of $9.2 million for all categories on non-interest
expenses, or 31.3%, as the Company continues to build on its infrastructure and Strategic Programs. Partially offsetting these expense increases were increases in non-interest income of $5.6 million, or 17.5%, mainly due to increases in our
Strategic Program fees and gain on the sale of loans, net, as well as an increase in net interest income of $2.9 million, or 6.1%, due primarily to increased interest rates and loan volumes.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Analysis

Net interest income was the primary contributor to our earnings in 2022 and 2021. We believe our net interest income results were enhanced by using FinView™ to identify attractive risk-adjusted
lending opportunities and assist in the selection of Strategic Program loans that we chose to hold for investment. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities,
referred to as “volume changes.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

For the year ended December 31, 2022, our net interest income increased $2.9 million, or 6.1% to $50.9 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. This increase was primarily due to
increases in both the yield and volume of our loans held for investment portfolio as well as rate increases on our interest-bearing deposits. Interest income grew $3.1 million to $52.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the
prior year, primarily attributable to the growth in the average balance of our loans held for investment portfolio of $10.4 million or 5.2%, as well as a 5.9% increase in yield, to 14.19% from 13.40%, due primarily to interest rate increases in
the indices on which our variable rate loans are priced for the two periods. Interest income generated by interest-bearing deposits increased $1.1 million to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year, due mainly
to the 147 basis points increase in interest yields. Partially offsetting these increases in interest income was a $1.2 million decrease in interest earned on loans held-for-sale to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to
the prior year due to a 542 basis points decrease in the average yield which was partially offset by volume increases in that portfolio.

The net interest margin decreased 106 basis points from 15.10% for the year ended December 31, 2021 to 14.04% for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in net interest margin was primarily
attributable to a 14.4% decline in average yield on our loans held for sale, to 32.31% for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 37.73% for the prior year due primarily to decreases in higher yielding loans average balances for the year
ended December 31, 2022. Also contributing to the net interest margin decrease was a 215 basis points increase in the average rate paid on our demand account balances primarily due to higher interest rates for the new HSA deposits from Lively,
Inc., a technology focused Health Savings Account provider.

55

Index

Average Balances and Yields. The following table presents average balances for assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income from
average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing the income
or expense by the average balances for assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Average balances have been calculated using daily averages.

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
($ in thousands)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/RateAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Rate
Interest earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non
U.S. central banks and other banks$74,920$1,1801.58%$55,960$610.11%
Investment securities12,4912081.67%3,298471.43%
Loans held for sale65,73721,23732.31%59,52422,46137.73%
Loans held for investment209,35229,70414.19%198,99226,67413.40%
Total interest earning assets362,50052,32914.44%317,77449,24315.50%
Less: ALL(10,816)(7,548)
Non-interest earning assets30,14117,002
Total assets$381,825$327,228
Interest bearing liabilities:
Demand$17,564$5313.02%$6,060$530.87%
Savings7,31070.10%7,897100.13%
Money market accounts26,0541160.45%21,964750.34%
Certificates of deposit71,6617781.09%72,3111,0001.38%
Total deposits122,5891,4321.17%108,2321,1381.05%
Other borrowings56620.35%36,3631270.35%
Total interest bearing liabilities123,1551,4341.16%144,5951,2650.87%
Non-interest bearing deposits114,174107,481
Non-interest bearing liabilities15,78111,392
Shareholders’ equity128,71563,760
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$381,825$327,228
Net interest income and interest rate spread$50,89513.28%$47,97814.63%
Net interest margin14.04%15.10%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest- bearing liabilities294.34%219.77%

56

Index

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. The rate column shows the effects
attributable to changes in rate. The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated
proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
Increase (Decrease) Due toIncrease (Decrease) Due to
($ in thousands)RateVolumeTotal​ RateVolumeTotal
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks$1,092$27$1,119$(219)$79$(140)
Investment securities9152161(6)1913
Loans held-for-sale(4,460)3,236(1,224)(1,990)13,89111,901
Loans held for investment1,6031,4273,0306,7351,2287,963
Total interest income(1,756)4,8423,0864,52015,21719,737
Interest expense:
Demand27020847815(24)(9)
Savings(2)(1)(3)(13)7(6)
Money market accounts251641(113)84(29)
Certificates of deposit(213)(9)(222)(992)591(401)
Other borrowings(125)(125)(2)(44)(46)
Total interest bearing liabilities8089169(1,105)614(491)
Net interest income$(1,836)$4,753$2,917$5,625$14,603$20,228

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is a charge to income to bring our ALL to a level deemed appropriate by management and approved by of board of directors. We determine the provision for loan losses
monthly in connection with our monthly evaluation of the adequacy of our ALL. For a description of the factors we considered in determining the ALL see “—Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses” and
“—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Our provision for loan losses was $13.5 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022
compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in charge offs related to our Strategic Program loans portfolio.

Noninterest Income

The largest portion of our noninterest income is associated with our Strategic Program fees. Other sources of noninterest income include gain on sale of loans, net, SBA loan servicing fees, change
in fair value on investment in BFG and other miscellaneous fees.

57

Index

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

For the Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20222021$%
Noninterest income:
Strategic Program fees$22,467$17,959$4,50825.1%
Gain on sale of loans, net13,5509,6893,86139.8%
SBA loan servicing fees1,6031,15644738.7%
Change in fair value on investment in BFG(478)2,991(3,469)(116.0%)
Other miscellaneous income26949220449.0%
Total noninterest income$37,411$31,844$5,56717.5%

For the year ended December 31, 2022, total noninterest income increased $5.6 million, or 17.5%, to $37.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. This increase was primarily due to the
increases in Strategic Program fees and gain on sale of loans, net, and was partially offset by a negative change in fair value on investment in BFG. The increase in Strategic Program fees was primarily due to the increase in loan origination
volume in our Strategic Programs. Strategic Program fees were also positively impacted by the continued maturation of multiple platforms during the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in gain on sale of loans, net was primarily due to an
increase in the number of SBA 7(a) loans sold and the establishment of a new Loan Trailing Fee Asset during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in fair value on investment in BFG for the year ended December 31, 2022, was primarily due
to a softening in the values of its peer companies under the Guideline Public Company valuation method during the same period.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense has increased as we have grown and as we have expanded and modernized our operational infrastructure and implemented our plan to build an efficient, technology-driven banking
operation with significant capacity for growth.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

($ in thousands)For the Years Ended December 31,Change
20222021$%
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits$24,489$21,744$2,74512.6%
Professional services5,4541,6703,784226.6%
Occupancy and equipment expenses2,2048821,322149.9%
Impairment of SBA servicing asset1,728800928116.0%
Other operating expenses4,8814,41546610.6%
Total noninterest expense$38,756$29,511$9,24531.3%

For the year ended December 31, 2022, total noninterest expense increased $9.2 million, or 31.3%, to $38.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2022,
professional services increased $3.8 million to $5.5 million compared to the prior year due primarily to increased costs relating to services provided in connection with our Strategic Programs and legal expenses mainly related to our public
filings. Salaries and employee benefits increased $2.7 million to $24.5 million compared to the prior year due primarily to an increase in the number of our employees as we continue to increase staffing in connection with our growth plan. The
$0.9 million increase to $1.7 million in the impairment of the SBA servicing asset compared to the prior year was due primarily to a softening of the secondary market for SBA 7(a) loans.

58

Index

Financial Condition

The following table summarizes selected components of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

As of December 31,Change
​($ in thousands)20222021$%
Total assets$400,780$380,214$20,5665.4%
Investment securities held to maturity, at cost14,29211,4232,86925.1%
Loans receivable, net224,217198,10226,11513.2%
Deposits242,998251,892(8,894)(3.5%)
PPP Liquidity Facility3141,050(736)(70.1%)
Total shareholders' equity140,459115,44225,01721.7%
Total equity to total assets34.9%30.4%15.0%
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic12,740,93310,169,00525.3%
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted13,218,40310,818,98422.2%

Total assets at December 31, 2022 were $400.8 million, an increase of $20.6 million from December 31, 2021. The increase in total assets was due primarily to increases in our loans receivable, net,
of $26.1 million, cash and due from banks of $14.8 million, operating lease right-of-use asset of $5.0 million, and growth of $6.2 million in premises and equipment primarily due to the buildout of the corporate office. These increases were
partially offset by a decline in the Strategic Programs loans held-for-sale of $37.2 million.

Loan Portfolio

We manage our loan portfolio based on factors that include concentrations per loan program and aggregated portfolio, industry selection and geographies. We also monitor the impact of identified and
estimated losses on capital as well as the pricing characteristics of each product. The following provides a general description and the risk characteristics relevant to each of the business lines. Each loan is assigned a risk grade during the
origination and closing process by credit administration personnel based on criteria described later in this section. We analyze the resulting ratings, as well as other external statistics and factors such as delinquency, to track the migration
performance of the portfolio balances. This ratings analysis is performed at least quarterly.

SBA 7(a) Loans

We originate and service loans partially guaranteed by the SBA under its Section 7(a) loan program. SBA 7(a) loans are made to small businesses and professionals throughout the USA. As of December
31, 2022 and 2021, we had total SBA 7(a) loans of $145.2 million and $142.4 million, respectively, representing 55.8% and 53.6% of our total loans, respectively. Loans are sourced primarily through our referral relationship with BFG. Although BFG
actively markets throughout the USA, because of its physical location in the New York area we have developed a lending presence in the New York and New Jersey geographies. The maximum SBA 7(a) loan amount is $5 million. Underwriting is generally
based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. These loans may be secured by commercial and residential
mortgages as well as liens on business assets. In addition to typical underwriting metrics, we review the nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business and management experience to help us target loans that we believe have
lower credit risk. The SBA 7(a) program generally provides 50%, 75%, 85% and 90% guarantees for eligible SBA 7(a) loans. The guaranty is conditional and covers a portion of the risk of payment default by the borrower, but not the risk of improper
underwriting, closing or servicing by the lender. As such, prudent underwriting, closing and servicing processes are essential to effective utilization of the SBA 7(a) program.

59

Index

Historically, we have generally sold the SBA-guaranteed portion (typically 75% of the principal balance) of a majority of the loans we originate at a premium in the secondary market while retaining all servicing rights
and the unguaranteed portion; however, beginning in 2020, we made the decision to drive interest income by retaining a larger amount of the guaranteed portion of these loans.

Commercial, non-real estate

Commercial non-real estate loans consist of loans and leases made to commercial enterprises that are not secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, we had total
commercial non-real estate loans of $11.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively, representing 4.4% and 1.3% of our total loans, respectively. Any loan, lease, line of credit, or letter of credit (including any unfunded commitments) and any
interest obtained in such loans or leases made by another lender to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, not secured by
real estate, but not for personal expenditure purposes are included in this category. For example, commercial vehicle term loans and commercial working capital term loans. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the
primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management
experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. These loans are generally secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans and leases
on our balance sheet for investment.

Residential real estate

Residential real estate loans include construction, lot and land development loans that are for the purpose of acquisition and development of property to be improved through the construction of
residential buildings, and loans secured by other residential real estate. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had total residential real estate loans of $37.8 million and $27.1 million, respectively, representing 14.5% and 10.2% of
our total loans, respectively. Construction loans are usually paid off through the conversion to permanent financing from third-party lending institutions. Lot loans may be paid off as the borrower converts to a construction loan. At the
completion of the construction project, if the loan is converted to permanent financing by us or if scheduled loan amortization begins, it is then reclassified from construction to single-family dwelling. Underwriting of construction and
development loans typically includes analysis of not only the borrower’s financial condition and ability to meet the required debt obligations, but also the general market conditions associated with the area and type of project being funded.
These loans are generally secured by mortgages for residential property located primarily in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, and we obtain guarantees from responsible parties. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for
investment.

Strategic Program loans

We, through our Strategic Program service providers, issue, on a nationwide basis, unsecured consumer and secured or unsecured business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles. As
of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, we had total Strategic Program loans of $47.8 million and $85.9 million, respectively, representing 18.4% and 32.3% of our total loans. Fluctuations in the balances of the Strategic Program loans we
retain on our books are influenced by management’s current assessments regarding risk management as well as macroeconomic factors. Loans originated through these programs are limited to predetermined Bank underwriting criterion, which has been
approved by our board of directors. The primary form of repayment on these loans is from personal or business cash flow. Business loans may be secured by liens on business assets, as applicable. We have generally sold most of these loans, but as
our capital grows, we may choose to hold more of the funded loans and/or receivables. We reserve the right to sell any portion of funded loans and/or receivables directly to the Strategic Program service providers or other investors. We generally
retain the legal right to service all these loans, but contract with the Strategic Program service provider or another approved sub-servicer to service these loans on our behalf.

60

Index

Commercial real estate

Commercial real estate loans include loans to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional
purposes, secured by real estate primarily located in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, but not for personal expenditure purposes. As of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, we had total commercial real estate loans of $12.1 million and $2.4
million, respectively, representing 4.7% and 0.9% of our total loans, respectively. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow
(when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral
adequacy are all considerations. In addition to real estate, these loans may also be secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Consumer

Consumer lending provides financing for personal, family, or household purposes on a nationwide basis. Most of these loans are originated through our POS platform and come from a variety of sources,
including other approved merchant or dealer relationships and lending platforms. As of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, we had total consumer loans of $5.8 million, and $4.6 million, respectively, representing 2.2% and 1.7% of our total
loans, respectively. We use a debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratio to determine whether an applicant will be able to service the debt. The DTI ratio compares the applicant’s anticipated monthly expenses and total monthly obligations to the applicant’s
monthly gross income. Our policy is to limit the DTI ratio to 45% after calculating interest payments related to the new loan. Loan officers, at their discretion, may make exceptions to this ratio if the loan is within their authorized lending
limit. DTI ratios of no more than 50% may be approved subject to an increase in interest rate. Strong offsetting factors such as higher discretionary income or large down payments are used to justify exceptions to these guidelines. All exceptions
are documented and reported. While the loans are generally for the purchase of goods which may afford us a purchase money security interest, they are underwritten as if they were unsecured. On larger loans, we may file a Uniform Commercial Code
financing form. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Loan Portfolio Program Summary

Through our diversification efforts and FinView™, we have built a portfolio that we believe positions us to withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries and loan types that have
historically lower loss rates such as professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), non-store retailers (e-commerce), and ambulatory healthcare services.

61

Index

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by loan program as of the dates indicated:

As of December 31,
20222021
Amount% of total loansAmount% of total loans
SBA$145,17255.8%$142,39253.6%
Commercial, non real estate11,4844.4%3,4281.3%
Residential real estate37,81514.5%27,10810.2%
Strategic Program loans47,84818.4%85,85032.3%
Commercial real estate12,0634.7%2,4360.9%
Consumer5,8082.2%4,5741.7%
Total$260,190100.0%$265,788100.0%

Loan Maturity and Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

As of December 31, 2022, $131.4 million, or 55.5%, of the total held for investment loan balance matures in less than five years. Loans maturing in greater than five years totaled $105.2 million as
of December 31, 2022. The variable rate portion of our total held for investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2022 was $184.3 million, or 77.9%.

The following tables detail maturities and sensitivity to interest rate changes for our loan portfolio at December 31, 2022:

At December 31, 2022Remaining Contractual Maturity Held for Investment
($ in thousands)One Year or LessAverage Yield/RateAfter One Year and Through Five YearsAverage Yield/RateAfter Five Years and Through Fifteen YearsAverage Yield/Rate
Fixed rate loans:
SBA$2721.00%$3541.00%$%
Commercial, non-real estate2,6834.97%8,3954.96%3944.79%
Residential real estate3,9245.40%3,5905.50%614.27%
Strategic Program loans16,589113.89%7,66951.27%124.56%
Commercial real estate1,6895.39%1,1025.80%293.87%
Consumer1,8387.57%3,5977.80%6210.31%
Variable rate loans:
SBA9,3358.53%36,7418.53%61,5458.38%
Commercial, non-real estate%%%
Residential real estate29,2428.08%5509.28%4459.23%
Strategic Program loans%%%
Commercial real estate9578.72%2,5258.32%3,9098.27%
Consumer824.56%2291.38%%
Total$66,61134.10%$64,75212.81%$66,4468.36%

62

Index

At December 31, 2022Remaining Contractual Maturity Held for Investment
($ in thousands)After Fifteen YearsAverage Yield/RateTotalAverage Yield/Rate
Fixed rate loans:
SBA$%$6261.00%
Commercial, non-real estate123.78%11,4844.96%
Residential real estate34.43%7,5785.44%
Strategic Program loans%24,25994.10%
Commercial real estate83.50%2,8285.53%
Consumer%5,4977.75%
Variable rate loans:
SBA36,9258.20%144,5468.38%
Commercial, non-real estate%%
Residential real estate%30,2378.12%
Strategic Program loans%%
Commercial real estate1,8448.15%9,2358.31%
Consumer%3112.22%
Total$38,7928.20%$236,60116.80%

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were contractually due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when,
in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether such loans are actually past
due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. We also generally place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When
interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent recoveries received (either from payments received from the customer, derived from the
disposition of collateral or from legal action, such as judgment enforcement) exceed liquidation expenses incurred and outstanding principal.

A non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when (1) none of its principal and interest is due and unpaid, and we expect repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, or
(2) when asset otherwise becomes well secured and is not in the process of collection.

Any loan which we deem to be uncollectible, in whole or in part, is charged off to the extent of the anticipated loss. In general, loans that are past due for 90 days or more are charged off unless
the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. We believe our disciplined lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have
several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our loan officers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or
adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

The Company had no nonperforming assets and $0.1 million in troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2022. Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2021 comprised $0.7 million in nonaccrual
loans and $0.1 million of troubled debt restructurings.

63

Index

Credit Risk Profile

We believe that we underwrite loans carefully and thoroughly, limiting our lending activities to those products and services where we have the resources and expertise to lend profitably without
undue credit risk. We require all loans to conform to policy (or otherwise be identified as exceptions to policy and monitored and reported on, at minimum, quarterly) and be granted on a sound and collectable basis. Loans are made with a primary
emphasis on loan profitability, credit risk and concentration exposures.

We are proactive in our approach to identifying and resolving problem loans and are focused on working with the borrowers and guarantors of problem loans to provide loan modifications when
warranted. When considering how to best diversify our loan portfolio, we consider several factors including our aggregate and product-line specific concentration risks, our business line expertise, and the ability of our infrastructure to
appropriately support the product. While certain product lines generate higher net charge-offs, our exposure is carefully monitored and mitigated by our concentration policies and reserved for by the loan loss allowance we maintain. Specifically,
retention of certain Strategic Program loans with higher default rates accounts for a disproportionate amount of our charge-offs. In addition to our oversight of the credit policies and processes associated with these programs, we limit within
our concentration policies the aggregate exposure of these loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, carefully monitor certain vintage loss-indicative factors such as first payment default and marketing channels, and appropriately
provision for these balances so that the cumulative charge-off rates remain consistent with management expectations. While the level of nonperforming assets fluctuates in response to changing economic and market conditions, the relative size and
composition of the loan portfolio, and our management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets, we believe our proactive stance to early identification and intervention is the key to successfully managing our loan portfolio.

Accurate and timely loan risk grading is considered a critical component of an effective credit risk management system. Loan grades take into consideration the borrower’s financial condition,
industry trends, and the economic environment. Loan risk grades are changed as necessary to reflect the risk inherent in the loan. Among other things, we use loan risk grading information for loan pricing, risk and collection management and
determining monthly loan loss reserve adequacy. Further, on a quarterly basis, the Loan Committee holds a Loan Risk Grade meeting, wherein all loans in our portfolio are reviewed for accurate risk grading. Any changes are made after the Loan Risk
Grade meeting to provide for accurate reporting. Reporting is achieved in Loan Committee minutes, which minutes are reviewed by the Board. We supplement credit department supervision of the loan underwriting, approval, closing, servicing and risk
grading process with periodic loan reviews by risk department personnel specific to the testing of controls.

We use a grading system to rank the quality of each loan. The grade is periodically evaluated and adjusted as performance dictates. Loan grades 1 through 4 are passing grades, grade 5 is special
mention. Collectively, grades 6 (substandard), 7 (doubtful) and 8 (loss) represent classified loans within the portfolio. The following guidelines govern the assignment of these risk grades. We do not currently grade Strategic Program loans held
for investment due to their small balances and homogenous nature. As credit quality for Strategic Program loans have been highly correlated with delinquency levels, the Strategic Program loans are evaluated collectively for impairment.

Grade 1: Pass - Loans fully secured by deposit accounts. Loans where the borrower has strong sources of repayment, generally 5 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income
history. Debt of the borrower is modest relative to the borrower’s financial strength and ability to pay with a DTI ratio of less than 25%. Cash flow is very strong as evidenced by significant discretionary income amounts. Borrower will
consistently maintain 30% of the outstanding debts in deposit accounts with us, often with the right of offset, holds, etc. Loan to value ratios (LTV) will be 60% or less. Loans in this category require very minimal monitoring.

Grade 2: Pass - The borrower has good sources of repayment, generally 3 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. The debt of the borrower is reasonable relative
to the borrower’s financial strength with a DTI ratio of less than 35%. Cash flow is strong as evidenced by exceptional discretionary income amounts. Borrowers will consistently maintain 20% of the outstanding debts in deposit accounts with us.
LTV ratios will be 70% or less. These loans require minimal monitoring.

64

Index

Grade 3: Pass - There is a comfortable primary source of repayment, generally 2 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. Borrowers may exhibit a mix of strengths
and weaknesses. For example, they have either adequate cash flow with higher than desired leverage, or marginal cash flow with strong collateral and liquidity. Borrowers will have DTIs less than 45%. Borrowers will generally maintain deposit
accounts with us, but the consistency and amount of the deposits are not as strong as Grades 1 and 2. LTV ratios will be within our guidelines. These loans will be monitored on a quarterly basis.

Grade 4: Pass Watch – There is adequate primary source of repayment, generally employment time or time in a related field is less than 2 years. Borrowers’ debt to income ratios may fall outside of
our guidelines or there is minimal excess cash flow. There may be heavy reliance on collateral, or the loan is large, relative to the financial strength of the borrower. The loans may be maintenance intensive requiring closer monitoring.

Grade 5: Special Mention – A loan in this category has a specific weakness or problem but does not currently present a significant risk of loss or default as to any material terms of the loan or
financing agreement. A typical problem could include a documentation deficiency. If the deficiency is corrected the account will be re-graded.

Grade 6: Classified Substandard – A substandard loan has a developing or current weakness or weaknesses that could result in loss or default if deficiencies are not corrected, or adverse conditions
arise.

Grade 7: Classified Doubtful – A doubtful loan has an existing weakness or weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts and conditions, highly
questionable and improbable.

Grade 8: Classified Loss – A loss loan has an existing weakness or weaknesses that render the loan uncollectible and of such little value that continuing to carry as an asset on our book is not
warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical nor desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be affected
in the future.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALL, a material estimate which could change significantly in the near-term in the event of rapidly shifting credit quality, is established through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings
to account for losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio and estimated to occur, and is maintained at a level that we consider adequate to absorb potential losses in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged against the ALL when we believe
that the collectability of the principal loan balance is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALL when received.

Our judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available and as
situations and information change.

We evaluate the ALL on a monthly basis and take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans
and current economic conditions and trends that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. The quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ALL is reviewed by regulatory examinations and the Company’s auditors.

The following table shows the allocation of the ALL among loan categories, the ratio of the ALL to nonperforming loan balances and certain other information as of the dates indicated.

65

Index

As of December 31,
20222021
($ in thousands)ALL to Total LoansNonaccrual to Total LoansALL to Nonaccrual LoansALL to Total LoansNonaccrual to Total LoansALL to Nonaccrual loans
SBA3.0%%%1.9%0.5%401.6%
Commercial, non-real estate3.5%%%3.9%%%
Residential real estate1.3%%%1.3%%%
Strategic program loans(1)14.0%%%7.6%%%
Commercial real estate0.2%%%0.9%%%
Consumer1.1%%%1.4%%%
Total4.6%%%3.7%0.3%1,445.1%

(1) The held for sale balance on Strategic Program loans as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $23.6 million and $60.7 million.

The following table reflects the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category, as of the dates indicated.

Years Ended December 31,
20222021
($ in thousands)Net Charge- OffsAverage LoansNCO to Average LoansNet Charge- OffsAverage LoansNCO to Average Loans
SBA$326$132,1990.2%$109$149,2850.1%
Commercial, non-real estate(2)7,5620.0%(40)3,945(1.0%)
Residential real estate27,937%23,171%
Strategic program loans(1)11,06393,11511.9%4,31175,1715.7%
Commercial real estate8,912%2,082%
Consumer25,3640.0%34,8620.1%
Total$11,389$275,0894.1%$4,383$258,5161.7%

(1) The average held for sale balance on Strategic Program loans for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $65.7 million and $59.5 million.

The ALL was $12.0 million at December 31, 2022 compared to $9.9 million at December 31, 2021, an increase of $2.1 million, or 21.6%. The increase was primarily due to increased unguaranteed SBA
loans and increased retention of Strategic Program loans with higher loss reserving characteristics.

December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)Amount% of Total Allowance
SBA$4,29435.8%
Commercial, non real estate4013.4%
Residential real estate4974.2%
Strategic Program loans6,70155.9%
Commercial real estate270.2%
Consumer650.5%
Total$11,985100.0%

66

Index

December 31, 2021
($ in thousands)Amount% of Total Allowance
SBA$2,73927.8%
Commercial, non real estate1321.3%
Residential real estate3523.6%
Strategic Program loans6,54966.5%
Commercial real estate210.2%
Consumer620.6%
Total$9,855100.0%

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

Our interest-bearing deposits in other banks increased to $100.2 million at December 31, 2022 from $85.3 million at December 31, 2021, an increase of $14.8 million, or 17.4%. This increase was
primarily due to the decrease in our loans held-for-sale balances of $37.2 million. Interest-bearing deposits in other banks have generally been the primary repository of the liquidity we use to fund our operations. Aside from minimal balances
held with our correspondent banks, the majority of our interest-bearing deposits in other banks was held directly with the Federal Reserve.

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital
requirements.

We classify investment securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale based on our intentions and the Company’s ability to hold such securities until maturity. In determining such
classifications, securities that we have the positive intent and the ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are designated as available-for-sale and carried at
estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. For the year presented, all securities were classified as held-to-maturity.

The following tables summarize the contractual maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2022, and the amortized cost of those securities as of the indicated
dates.

At December 31, 2022
After Five to Ten Years WeightedAfter Ten Years Weighted
($ in thousands)Amortized CostWeighted Average YieldAmortized CostWeighted Average YieldTotal Amortized Cost
Mortgage-backed securities$3,3883.0%$10,9043.4%$14,292

67

Index

The weighted average yield of investment securities is the sum of all interest that the investments generate, divided by the sum of the book value.

There were no calls, sales or maturities of securities during the years ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2022, there were 18 securities, consisting of eight collateralized mortgage obligations and ten mortgage-backed securities. Seventeen of these securities were in an unrealized loss
position as of December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2021, there were 13 securities, consisting of five collateralized mortgage obligations and eight mortgage-backed securities. Nine of these securities were in an unrealized loss position as of
December 31, 2021.

Total Liabilities

Total liabilities at December 31, 2022, saw a decrease from its December 31, 2021, balance primarily due to a decrease in total deposits and was offset by an $7.0 million increase associated with
operating lease liabilities.

Deposits

Deposits are the major source of funding for the Company. We offer a variety of deposit products including interest and noninterest bearing demand accounts, money market and savings accounts and
certificates of deposit, all of which we market at competitive pricing. We generate deposits from our customers on a relationship basis and through access to national Institutional and brokered deposit sources. We also generate deposits in
relation to our Strategic Programs in the form of reserve accounts as discussed above. These deposits add an element of flexibility in that they tend to increase or decrease in relation to the size of our Strategic Program loan portfolio. In
addition to the reserve account, some Strategic Program loan originators maintain operating deposit accounts with us.

The following tables present the end of period balances as well as the average balances for the deposit portfolio for the periods indicated (average balances have been calculated using daily
averages):

For the Years Ended December 31,
20222021
($ in thousands)TotalPercentTotalPercent
Period end:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$78,81732.5%$110,54843.9%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand50,74620.8%5,3992.1%
Savings8,2893.4%6,6852.7%
Money markets10,8824.5%31,07612.3%
Time certificates of deposit94,26438.8%98,18439.0%
Total period end deposits$242,998100.0%$251,892100.0%

68

Index

Years Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
($ in thousands)TotalWeighted average rate paidPercent of totalTotalWeighted average rate paidPercent of total
Average:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$114,1740.00%48.2%$107,4810.00%49.8%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand17,5643.02%7.4%6,0600.87%2.8%
Savings7,3100.10%3.1%7,8970.13%3.7%
Money market26,0540.45%11.0%21,9650.34%10.2%
Time certificates of deposit71,6611.09%30.3%72,3111.38%33.5%
Total average deposits$236,7630.60%100.0%$215,7130.53%100.0%

Our deposits decreased by $8.9 million to $243.0 million at December 31, 2022, from $251.9 million at December 31, 2021, or 3.5%. This decrease was primarily due to decreases in our
noninterest-bearing demand deposits and money markets account balances.

As an FDIC-insured institution, our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 for most
deposit accounts and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. Our total uninsured deposits were $108.4 million and $163.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021,
respectively. The maturity profile of our uninsured time deposits, those amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit, at December 31, 2022 is as follows:

($ in thousands)Three months or lessMore than three months to six monthsMore than six months to twelve monthsMore than twelve monthsTotal
Time deposits, uninsured$$65$37$1,627$1,729

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Management

Liquidity management is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, the sale of loans, repayment of
loans and net profits. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, loan prepayments, loan sales and security sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic
conditions, and competition.

On November 23, 2021, we completed our IPO at a price of $10.50 per share. We raised approximately $36.1 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of
approximately $3.0 million and certain estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately of $3.2 million. The net proceeds less $0.5 million in other related expenses, including legal fees totaled $35.6 million.

69

Index

Our primary source of funds to originate new loans is derived from deposits. Deposits are comprised of core and noncore deposits. We use brokered deposits and a rate listing service to advertise
rates to banks, credit unions, and other institutional entities. We designate deposits obtained from this source as Institutional Deposits. To attract deposits from local and nationwide consumer and commercial markets, we historically paid rates
at the higher end of the market, which we have been able to pay due to our high margin and technology-oriented business model. We utilize rate listing services and website advertising to attract deposits from consumer and commercial sources.

We regularly evaluate new, core deposit products. We intend to have various term offerings to match our funding needs. With no current plans to expand our brick-and-mortar branch network, online and
mobile banking offers a means to meet customer needs and better efficiency through technology compared to traditional branch networks. We believe that the rise of mobile and online banking provides us the opportunity to further leverage the
technological competency we have demonstrated in recent years.

We regularly adjust our investment in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and
securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management, funds management and liquidity policies. The objective of the liquidity policy is to reduce the risk to our earnings and capital arising from the inability to meet obligations
in a timely manner. This entails ensuring sufficient funds are available at a reasonable cost to meet potential demands from both fund providers and borrowers. Liquid assets, defined as cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, were
25.1% of total assets at December 31, 2022.

We primarily utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities, each of which is discussed below. At December 31, 2022, we had the
ability to access $10.6 million from the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window on a collateralized basis. Through Zions Bank, the Bank had an available unsecured line available of $1.0 million. The Bank had an available unsecured line of credit
with Bankers’ Bank of the West to borrow up to $1.1 million in overnight funds. We also maintain a $2.6 million line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank, secured by specific pledged loans. We had no outstanding balances on the unsecured or
secured lines of credit as of December 31, 2022. In long term borrowings, we had $0.6 million outstanding at December 31, 2022 related to the PPPLF. The PPPLF is secured by pledged PPP loans.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2022,
liquid assets (defined as cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits), consisting of cash and due from banks, totaled $100.6 million of which $0.3 million is above the FDIC insurance limit and uninsured. We believe that our liquid
assets combined with the available lines of credit provide adequate liquidity to meet our current financial obligations for at least the next 12 months.

Capital Resources

Shareholders’ equity increased $25.0 million to $140.5 million at December 31, 2022 compared to $115.4 million at December 31, 2021. The increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily attributable
to net income recognized for the year ended December 31, 2022.

We use several indicators of capital strength. The most commonly used measure is total equity to total assets, which was 34.9% and 30.4% at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

70

Index

Our return on average equity was 19.6% and 39.2% for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Our return on average assets was 6.4% and 9.1% for the years ended December 31, 2022
and 2021, respectively.

We seek to maintain adequate capital to support anticipated asset growth, operating needs and unexpected risks, and to ensure that we are in compliance with all current and anticipated regulatory
capital guidelines. Our primary sources of new capital include retained earnings and proceeds from the sale and issuance of capital stock or other securities. Expected future use or activities for which capital may be set aside include balance
sheet growth and associated relative increases in market or credit exposure, investment activity, potential product and business expansions, acquisitions and strategic or infrastructure investments.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly
additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must
meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is deemed “well capitalized” if its Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio, and Total Capital ratio meet or
exceed 5%, 6.5%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly finalized a rule intending to simplify the regulatory capital requirements described above for qualifying community banking organizations that
opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework, as required by Section 201 of the Regulatory Relief Act. The Bank elected to opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework starting in 2020. Under these new capital requirements, as
temporarily amended by Section 4012 of the CARES Act, the Bank must maintain a leverage ratio greater than 9.0% for 2022 and 8.5% for 2021.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (there are no
conditions or events since that notification we believe have changed the Bank’s category). The following table sets forth the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank and the amount of capital required to be categorized as well-capitalized
as of the dates indicated.

The following table presents the regulatory capital ratios for the Bank as of the dates indicated:

December 31,
Capital Ratios20222021Well- Capitalized Requirement
Leverage Ratio (under CBLR)25.1%17.7%9.0%(1)

(1) The Well-Capitalized Requirement for 2021 was 8.5%.

71

Index

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. While our liquidity monitoring and management consider both present and future demands for and sources of
liquidity, the following table of contractual commitments focuses only on future obligations and summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022.

($ in thousands)TotalLess than One YearOne to Three YearsThree to Five YearsMore Than Five Years
Contractual Obligations
Deposits without stated maturity$129,563$129,563$$$
Time deposits94,26457,72126,8289,715
Long term borrowings(1)314314
Operating lease obligations7,5138502,1902,2702,203
Total$231,654$188,134$29,332$11,985$2,203

(1) Balances in this category pertain to the PPPLF and are fully-collateralized with PPP loans

Off-Balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated statements of financial condition. We enter into these
transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit, which involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk exceeding the amounts recognized in our
consolidated statements of financial condition. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amounts of these commitments. The same credit policies and procedures are used in making these commitments as for on-balance sheet
instruments. We are not aware of any accounting loss to be incurred by funding these commitments; if required, we would maintain an allowance for off-balance sheet credit risk which would be recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated
balance sheets.

Our commitments to extend credit as of the dates indicated are summarized below. Since commitments associated with commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not
necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

As of December 31,
($ in thousands)20222021
Revolving, open-end lines of credit$1,683$1,259
Commercial real estate17,88615,402
Other unused commitments253377
Total commitments$19,822$17,038

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and
expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, results of which form the basis
for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.

72

Index

Accounting policies, as described in detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Report, are an integral part of our financial statements. A thorough
understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial position. We believe that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below require us to make difficult,
subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these estimates, which are likely to occur from period to period, or use of different estimates that we could have reasonably used in the current period,
would have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

The JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition
period, which means that the financial statements included in this Report, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for
the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act.

The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and significant estimates that we believe require us to make the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The ALL is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loans that are deemed to be uncollectible
are charged off and deducted from the ALL. The provision for loan losses and recoveries on loans previously charged off are credited to the ALL. The ALL consists of specific and general components subject to significant judgment and short-term
change. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual
terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered TDRs and classified as impaired.

The general component covers loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and loans that are not individually identified for impairment evaluation. The general component is based on
historical loss experience adjusted for current factors and includes actual loss history experienced for the preceding three fiscal years and the interim period for the current fiscal year. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other
qualitative economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio type. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans (including TDRs); levels and trends in
charge-offs and recoveries, trends in volumes and terms of loans; migration of loans to the classification of special mention, substandard, or doubtful; effects of any change in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending
policies and procedures; national and local economic trends and conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. Generally, our estimate for the ALL does not have significant sensitivity to the changes in the qualitative factors.

We estimate the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, current economic conditions, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations,
estimated collateral values and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Amounts are charged off when
available information confirms that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible. This methodology for determining charge-offs is consistently applied to each group of loans. We group loans into different categories based on loan type
to determine the appropriate allowance for each loan group.

73

Index

The Company generally places loans on a nonaccrual status when: (1) payment is in default for 90 days or more unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection; or (2) full repayment
of principal and interest is not foreseen. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued and uncollected interest on that loan is reversed. Past-due interest received on nonaccrual loans is not recognized in interest income but is
applied as a reduction of the outstanding principal of the loan consistent with the accounting for impaired loans. A loan is relieved of its nonaccrual status when all principal and interest payments are brought current, the loan is well secured,
and an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition provides reasonable assurance that the borrower can repay the loan as scheduled.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the
loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar nature, such as Strategic Program loans, and on an individual loan basis for commercial real estate secured and SBA and
commercial non-real estate and consumer loans. If a loan or pool of loans is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan or pool of loans is reported, net of the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s
original effective rate or at the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability
of collecting all amounts when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not classified as impaired. We considered the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case basis, taking into
consideration all the circumstances of the loan and borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, the amount of the shortfall in relation to principal and interest owed.

See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report and “—Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses” for more information.

Stock-based Compensation. Our historical and outstanding stock-based compensation awards are described in Note 10 in our annual
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

We record stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) and recognize stock-based compensation expense
in the period in which an employee or non-employee is required to provide service, which is generally over the vesting period of the individual stock-based payment award. Compensation expense for awards is recognized over the requisite service
period on a straight-line basis and we account for forfeitures as they occur. We classify our awards as equity awards and these awards are valued as of the grant date based upon the underlying stock price and a number of assumptions, including
volatility, performance period, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

The determination of the grant date fair value using an option pricing model is affected principally by our estimated fair value of our common stock and requires us to make a number of other
assumptions, including the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. The assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model represent
management’s best estimates at the time of measurement. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, as they are inherently subjective. We will continue to
use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and interest rates utilized for our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.  If any assumptions change, our stock-based compensation expense could be
materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

Column 1Column 2
Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our awards are expected to be outstanding. We calculated the expected term using a permitted simplified method, which is based on the vesting period and contractual term for each tranche of awards.
Column 1Column 2
Expected Volatility. Prior to our initial public offering, the expected volatility was based on the historical share volatility of several comparable publicly traded companies over a period of time equal to the expected term of the awards, as we did not have any trading history to use the volatility of our own common shares. After the completion of our initial public offering, it is no longer necessary to utilize the volatility of comparable publicly traded companies as we now have historical trading volatility data on our own common shares.

74

Index

Column 1Column 2
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life.
Column 1Column 2
Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid dividends on our common shares nor do we expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, stock-based compensation expense was $0.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, we had $0.5 million of total unrecognized
stock-based compensation costs, which we expect to recognize over an estimated weighted-average period of 1.8 years. We expect to continue to grant options and other stock-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based
compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Fair Value of Common Stock.  There was no public market for our common shares prior to the completion of our initial public offering on November 23, 2021. As
such, the estimated fair value of our common shares has previously been determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management, based on the information known to us on the grant date and upon a review of any recent
events and their potential impact on the estimated per share fair value of our common shares. As part of these fair value determinations, our board of directors obtained and considered valuation reports prepared by a third-party valuation firm in
accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

In estimating the fair value of our common shares prior to the offering completed on November 23, 2021, multiple factors were considered in selecting an appropriate valuation approach, including,
without limitation: (i) does the valuation method reflect our going-concern and/or expected time to liquidity status; (ii) does the valuation method assign value to the junior instruments, unless a future exit scenario is being analyzed whereby
no cash is being distributed to the junior instruments based on equity class-specific rights; and (iii) is the method appropriate based on our stage of development at the date of the valuation. The valuation method evaluated and utilized, as
appropriate, was the Option Pricing Method, or OPM. The OPM is a forward-looking method that considers our current equity value and was used to allocate our total equity value between common stock and stock options granted considering a
continuous distribution of outcomes, rather than focusing on distinct future scenarios.

We estimated fair value of our common shares using the OPM given the uncertainty associated with both the timing and type of any future exit scenario and applied an Income Approach and Market
Approach. The Income Approach attempts to value an asset or security by estimating the present value of the future economic benefits it is expected to produce. These benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and disposition
proceeds from the asset. An indication of value may be developed in this approach by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of
inflation over the holding period, and the risks associated with realizing the cash flows in the amounts and at the times projected. The discount rate selected is typically based on rates of return available from alternative investments of
similar type and quality as of the valuation date. The most commonly employed income approach to valuation is the discounted cash flow analysis. The Market Approach estimates the value of an asset or security by examining observable market values
for similar assets or securities. Sales and offering prices for comparable assets are adjusted to reflect differences between the asset being valued and the comparable assets, such as, location, time and terms of sale, utility, and physical
characteristics. When applied to the valuation of equity, the analysis may include consideration of the financial condition and operating performance of the company being valued relative to those of publicly traded companies or to those of
companies acquired in a single transaction, which operate in the same or similar lines of business.

75

Index

When estimating our total equity value, we applied both an Income Approach and Market Approach and weighted the results evenly. The Income Approach utilized discounted cash flows using forecasted
assumptions of operating income and a discount rate based on the cost of equity. The Market Approach was applied considering a set of guideline comparable companies, known as the Guideline Publicly-Traded Companies Method, or GPTCM. Under the
GPTCM, valuation multiples were calculated from the market data and operating metrics of the guideline companies. The selected multiples were evaluated and adjusted based on the characteristics of the Company relative to the comparable companies
being analyzed. The selected multiples were ultimately applied to our operating metrics to calculate indications of value. A discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, was also then applied.

We considered various objective and subjective factors to estimate the fair value of the Company’s equity price per share of each grant date, including the value estimated by a third-party valuation
firm. The factors considered by the third-party valuation firm and our board of directors included the following:

Column 1Column 2
Our financial performance, capital structure and stage of development;
Column 1Column 2
Our management team and business strategy;
Column 1Column 2
External market conditions affecting our industry, including competition and regulatory landscape;
Column 1Column 2
Our financial position and forecasted operating results;
Column 1Column 2
The lack of an active public or private market for our equity shares;
Column 1Column 2
Historical discussions we have had with potential private investors;
Column 1Column 2
The likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as a sale of the Company or an initial public offering of our equity shares; and
Column 1Column 2
Market performance analyses, including with respect to share price valuation, of similar companies in our industry.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and
future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between the assumptions impact
our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common shares.

After the completion of our initial public offering on November 23, 2021, it is no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with
our accounting for stock-based awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

Income Taxes.  We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not to be realized. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within
the carryforward period.

76

Index

We assess all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing
authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As
of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and we will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still
appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available. Our unrecognized tax benefits, if
recognized, would not have an impact on our effective tax rate assuming we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance position. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense or benefit. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized de minimis interest and penalties.

GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

One of the financial measures included in this Report is not a measure of financial performance recognized by GAAP. This non-GAAP financial measure is “tangible book value per share.” Our management
uses this non-GAAP financial measure in its analysis of our performance.

Column 1Column 2
“Tangible book value per share” is defined as book value per share less goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the outstanding number of common shares at the end of each period. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is book value per share. We had no goodwill or other intangible assets as of any of the dates indicated. We have not considered loan servicing rights or loan trailing fee asset as intangible assets for purposes of this calculation. As a result, tangible book value per share is the same as book value per share as of each of the dates indicated.

We believe this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in
accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measure has a number of limitations. As such, you should not view this measure as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and such measure is not
necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective expected dates of adoption and
anticipated effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001140361-22-011928.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-03-30. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Report. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause
actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Report. We assume
no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements except to the extent required by law.

The following discussion pertains to our historical results, on a consolidated basis. However, because we conduct all our material business operations through our wholly owned
subsidiary, FinWise Bank, the discussion and analysis relates to activities primarily conducted at the subsidiary level.

For a discussion of trends, uncertainties and risks that will or could impact the Company’s businesses, results of operations and financial condition during 2022, see “Principal
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations,” and “Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition.”

All dollar amounts in the tables in this section are in thousands of dollars, except per share data or where otherwise specifically noted. Unless otherwise stated, all
information in this Report gives effect to a six-for-one stock split of our common stock completed effective July 26, 2021. The effect of the stock split on outstanding shares and per share figures has been retroactively applied to all periods
presented in this Report.

Overview

The Company is a Utah corporation and the parent company of FinWise Bank. The Company’s assets consist primarily of its investment in the Bank and all of its material business activities are
conducted through the Bank. The Company is a registered bank holding company that is subject to supervision by the UDFI and the Federal Reserve. As a Utah state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is separately
subject to regulations and supervision by both the UDFI and the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are federally insured up to the maximum legal limits. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

Our banking business is our only business line. Our banking business offers a diverse range of commercial and retail banking products and services, and consists primarily of originating loans in a
variety of sectors. Attracting nationwide deposits from the general public, businesses and other financial institutions, and investing those deposits, together with borrowings and other sources of funds, is also critical to our banking business.
While our commercial and residential real estate lending and other products and services offered from our branch continue to be concentrated in and around the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, our third-party loan origination relationships have allowed us to
expand into new markets across the United States. These relationships were developed to support our ability to generate significant loan volume across diverse consumer and commercial markets and have been the primary source of our significant growth
and superior profitability. Our analytics platform, FinView™, enhances our ability to gather and interpret performance data for our originations and provides management with an ability to identify attractive, risk-adjusted sectors for growth. These
insights coupled with the billions of dollars in originations funded annually and our ability to sell loans or retain for investment enhance our unique position. Our track record has demonstrated that these qualities deliver superior growth and
profitability and that the flexibility inherent in our model enhances our ability to manage credit risk.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend primarily on our ability to (i) originate loans using our strategic relationships with third-party loan origination platforms to earn
interest and noninterest income, (ii) utilize FinView™ to identify attractive risk-adjusted lending opportunities and inform the selection of loans for investment while limiting credit losses, (iii) attract and retain low cost, stable deposits, and
(iv) efficiently operate in compliance with applicable regulations.

Our lending focuses on four main lending areas: (i) SBA 7(a) loans, (ii) Strategic Programs, (iii) residential and commercial real estate and (iv) consumer lending. For a description and analysis
of the Company’s loan categories, see “—Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition”.

50

Index

Covid 19 Pandemic

Since March 2020, our nation has experienced a massive health and economic crisis as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, which continues to negatively impact the health and finances of millions of
people and businesses and have a pronounced impact on the global and national economy. To control the spread of the Covid-19 virus, governments around the world instituted widespread shutdowns of the economy which resulted in record unemployment in a
matter of weeks. The economic turbulence spawned by the Covid-19 pandemic left many banks with potential credit quality and income issues. These issues are further compounded by uncertainties regarding the length, depth and possible resurgence of the
pandemic and its ultimate long-term effects on the economy. In an effort to reduce the impact of economic shutdowns, the United States Congress has passed the CARES Act, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues Act, the
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, and recently the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021. These relief measures have provided stimulus payments to individuals, expanded unemployment benefits, and created programs that provided critical financing to
small businesses through products such as the EIDL and the PPP, both of which are being administered by the SBA. Additionally, the United States government agreed to make six months of payments on SBA loans and increase the SBA guaranty on SBA 7(a)
loans to 90% for loans originated from February 1, 2020 through September 30, 2021. The SBA has made the full monthly P&I payments with respect to our qualifying SBA 7(a) customers in “regular servicing” status for six months. For most of our SBA
portfolio (the legacy loans), the SBA made borrowers’ principal and interest payments from April 2020 through September 2020. These were officially referred to as First Round Section 1112 Payments, as they derived from Section 1112 of the CARES Act.
To be eligible for the full six months of First Round Section 1112 Payments, the SBA loans were required to be: (i) in “regular servicing” status; (ii) approved by the SBA before March 27, 2020; and (iii) fully disbursed by September 27, 2020. Under
the Economic Aid Act, the SBA will make an additional two payments for eligible SBA customers, capped at $9,000 per month per loan. Borrowers with loan payments above $9,000 per month are responsible for paying the difference. For our legacy
portfolio, the SBA will make payment on the lesser of a borrower’s monthly principal and interest payment or $9,000 per month from February 2021 through March 2021. These are referred to as Second Round Section 1112 Payments.

The SBA released a list of NAICS codes deemed to have been particularly affected by the Covid-19 pandemic. SBA customers who met all other Section 1112 qualifying criteria and operated within
certain NAICS codes, are entitled to an additional three months of payments. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank had 35 qualifying SBA loans totaling approximately $4.9 million in SBA 7(a) unguaranteed balance that received an additional three months
of Second Round Section 1112 Payments, which were capped at $9,000 per month and per loan. As of December 31, 2021, 5 of the 35 qualifying SBA loans have been paid in full. The remaining 30 loans are all performing and total approximately $4.5
million in SBA 7(a) unguaranteed balance. As of December 31, 2021, none of the remaining 30 loans are entitled to additional Section 1112 payments. We participated in the first round of PPP lending and provided PPP loans to approximately 700
businesses totaling approximately $126.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. No PPP loans were originated by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2021.

We believe the Bank’s diversified loan portfolio and associated revenue streams have enabled the Bank to sustain and grow its business despite the adverse conditions relating to the Covid-19
pandemic. During the first and second quarters of 2020, we recorded higher than normal provisions to position ourselves for the possibility of elevated losses on loans resulting from the pandemic. The provision amounts reflected our early uncertainty
surrounding the impact of the pandemic. Provisions ceased in the third and fourth quarters when we determined that our loan portfolios were not materially impacted at that time. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the provision for loan losses
amounted to $5.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2021 the provision for loan losses amounted to $8.0 million. While some of the adverse conditions relating to the Covid-19 pandemic reversed in 2021, and have continued such reversal in the
beginning of 2022, sustained improvements are highly dependent upon strengthening economic conditions. The Covid-19 pandemic continues to cause economic uncertainties which may again result in these and other adverse impacts to our financial
condition and results of operations. We believe our SBA 7(a) underwriting program has remained strong throughout the Covid-19 pandemic and our SBA 7(a) loans are well collateralized when compared to the SBA industry in general. The dollar amount of
short-term modifications of loans held-for-investment not classified as troubled debt restructurings was $0.5 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Net Income. Net income is calculated by taking interest and noninterest income and subtracting our costs to do business, such as
provision for loan losses, interest expense, salaries, taxes and other operational expenses.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents interest income, less interest expense. We generate interest income from interest and
fees received on interest earning assets, including loans, interest earning deposits in other banks, the Federal Reserve and investment securities we own. We incur interest expense from interest paid on interest bearing liabilities, including
interest bearing deposits, borrowings and other forms of indebtedness. Net interest income was the most significant contributor to our net income in 2020 and 2021. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor: (i) yields on our loans and
other interest earning assets; (ii) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources; (iii) our net interest spread; and (iv) our net interest margin. Net interest spread is the difference between rates earned on interest earning assets and rates
paid on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is a ratio calculated as net interest income divided by average interest earning assets for the same period. Because noninterest bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest bearing deposits
and shareholders’ equity, also fund interest earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these noninterest bearing sources.

51

Index

Decreases in interest rates, as well as the ongoing economic uncertainty, may decrease our net interest income and net interest margin in future periods, while increases in interest rates are
expected to increase our net interest income and net interest margin in future periods.  We expect increases in the federal funds rate in 2022 which is anticipated to be beneficial to our net interest income and net interest margin. In its statement
released on January 26, 2022, the Federal Open Market Committee stated that it would soon be appropriate to raise the target range for the federal funds rate above the range of 0.0% to 0.25% in response to inflation that is above their 2.0% target
and a strong labor market. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 79.9% of our loans held for investment were indexed to a market rate that is expected to reprice along with the federal funds rate. Changes in market interest rates and interest we
earn on interest earning assets or pay on interest bearing liabilities, as well as the volume and types of our interest earning assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, have the largest impact on our net interest spread, net interest margin and
net interest income. We measure net interest income before and after our provision for loan losses.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment at that time, is required to
maintain our ALL at an adequate level to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio and that, in our management’s judgment, is appropriate under relevant accounting guidance. Determination of the ALL is complex and involves a high degree
of judgment and subjectivity. For a description of the factors we considered in determining the ALL see “—Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income consists of, among other things: (i) Strategic Program fees; (ii) loan servicing fees; (iii)
deposit related fees; (iv) gain on sale of loans; and (v) other noninterest income. Strategic Program fees are paid to us by loan origination platforms and include monthly minimum fees, fees based on the volume of loan originations in each month,
testing and oversight fees, wire transfer fees, ACH fees, and program set up fees. Deposit related fees include checking fees, account maintenance fees, insufficient funds fees, overdraft fees, stop payment fees, domestic and foreign wire interchange
and card processing fee income.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense includes, among other things: (i) salaries and employee benefits; (ii) occupancy and equipment
expense; (iii) communications and data processing fees (iv) professional services fees; (v) federal deposit insurance assessments; (vi) correspondent bank charges; (vii) marketing costs; and (viii) other general and administrative expenses.

Salaries and employee benefits include compensation (including employee-related stock compensation), employee benefits and tax expenses for our personnel. Occupancy expense includes depreciation
expense, lease expense on our leased properties and other occupancy-related expenses. Equipment expense includes expenses related to our furniture, fixtures, equipment and software. Data processing fees include expenses paid to our third-party data
processing system provider and other data service providers. Communications expense includes costs for telephone and internet. Professional fees include legal, accounting, consulting and other outsourcing arrangements. Federal deposit insurance
expense relates to FDIC assessments based on the level of our deposits. Correspondent bank charges include wire transfer fees, transaction fees and service charges related to transactions settled with correspondent relationships. Marketing expense
includes marketing material production, trade show participation, marketing fees related to Strategic Programs, website enhancement, outsourced marketing and branding services. Other general and administrative expenses include expenses associated
with travel, meals, advertising, promotions, training, supplies and postage.

Regulatory Environment.  We are subject to federal and state regulation and supervision, which continue to evolve as the legal and
regulatory framework governing our operations continues to change. The current operating environment includes extensive regulation and supervision in areas such as consumer compliance, the BSA and anti-money laundering compliance, risk management and
internal audit. We anticipate that this environment of extensive regulation and supervision will continue for the industry. As a result, changes in the regulatory environment may result in additional costs for additional compliance, risk management
and audit personnel or professional fees associated with advisors and consultants.

Results of Operations

Net Income Overview

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated.

For the Years Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20212020
Interest income$49,243$29,506
Interest expense(1,265)(1,756)
Provision for loan losses(8,039)(5,234)
Non-interest income31,84414,373
Non-interest expense(29,511)(21,749)
Provision for income taxes(10,689)(3,942)
Net income31,58311,198

52

Index

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $31.6 million, an increase of $20.4 million or 182.0% from net income of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was
primarily due to an increase of $19.7 million or 66.9% in interest income and an increase of $17.5 million or 121.6% in non-interest income, offset by an increase of $7.8 million or 35.7% in non-interest expense and an increase of $6.7 million or
171.1% in provision for income taxes, as described below.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Analysis

Net interest income was the primary contributor to our earnings in 2021 and 2020. We believe our net interest income results were enhanced by using FinView™ to identify attractive risk-adjusted
lending opportunities and assist in the selection of Strategic Program loans that we chose to hold for investment. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred
to as “volume changes.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as “rate changes.”

For the year ended December 31, 2021, our net interest income increased $20.2 million, or 72.9%, to $48.0 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase
was primarily due to an increase in asset yields, growth in average interest earning assets, and a decrease in our cost of funds. Average interest earning assets increased by $64.8 million, or 25.6%, to $317.8 million for the year ended December
31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, while the related yield on average interest earning assets increased by 380 basis points to 15.5%, resulting in increased interest income for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $19.7 million.
A substantial decrease in comparatively low yielding PPP loans during the year ended December 31, 2021 contributed to the increase in yield on average interest earning assets for the year. While the corresponding cost of funds on interest bearing
liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021 declined by 40 basis points to 0.9%, the average balance in interest bearing liabilities increased by $12.3 million, or 9.3%. The general decline of interest rates in the U.S. financial markets in
2021 is the primary cause for the decline in the cost of funds. As indicated in the rate/volume table set forth below, the decline in the cost of funds partially offset by the effect of increased volumes of interest-bearing liabilities, resulting
in decreased interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $0.5 million. We gather deposits in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA through our one branch and nationwide from our Strategic Program service providers, SBA 7(a) borrowers,
Institutional Deposit exchanges, and brokered deposit arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2021, deposits sourced through our branch, Strategic Programs, SBA 7(a) borrowers, national Institutional Deposit exchanges and brokered deposit
arrangements increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Our net interest margin increased from 11.0% at December 31, 2020 to 15.1% at December 31, 2021.

53

Index

Average Balances and Yields. The following table presents average balances for assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income from
average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing the income or
expense by the average balances for assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and represent approximately $3.6 million (including approximately $1.8 million in SBA fees related
to PPP loans) and $1.4 million (including approximately $1.2 million in SBA fees related to PPP loans), for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Average balances have been calculated using daily averages.

Years Ended December 31,
20212020
($ in thousands)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/RateAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Rate
Interest earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non
U.S. central banks and other banks$55,960$610.1%$43,892$2010.5%
Investment securities3,298471.4%1,622342.1%
Loans held for sale59,52422,46137.7%20,15410,56052.4%
Loans held for investment198,99226,67413.4%187,31418,71110.0%
Total interest earning assets317,77449,24315.5%252,98229,50611.7%
Less: ALL(7,548)(6,706)
Non-interest earning assets17,0028,130
Total assets$327,228$254,406
Interest bearing liabilities:
Demand$6,060$530.9%$3,237$621.9%
Savings7,897100.1%6,234160.3%
Money market accounts21,964750.3%16,3271040.6%
Certificates of deposit72,3111,0001.4%57,4961,4012.4%
Total deposits108,2321,1381.1%83,2941,5831.9%
Other borrowings36,3631270.3%49,0441730.4%
Total interest bearing liabilities144,5951,2650.9%132,3381,7561.3%
Non-interest bearing deposits107,48180,537
Non-interest bearing liabilities11,3923,941
Shareholders’ equity63,76037,590
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$327,228$254,406
Net interest income and interest rate spread$47,97814.6%$27,75010.3%
Net interest margin15.1%11.0%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest- bearing liabilities219.8%191.2%

54

Index

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. The rate column shows the
effects attributable to changes in rate. The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated
proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

Years Ended December 31,
20212020
Increase (Decrease) Due toIncrease (Decrease) Due to
($ in thousands)RateVolumeTotal​ RateVolumeTotal
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks$(219)$79$(140)$​(790)$327$(463)
Investment securities(6)1913​(3)2118
Loans held-for-sale(1,990)13,89111,901​(1,036)3,8142,778
Loans held for investment6,7351,2287,963​(2,185)7,9505,765
Total interest income4,52015,21719,737​(4,014)12,1128,098
Interest expense:
Demand15(24)(9)​303262
Savings(13)7(6)​—44
Money market accounts(113)84(29)​(18)13(5)
Certificates of deposit(992)591(401)​(52)11260
Other borrowings(2)(44)(46)​8786173
Total interest bearing liabilities(1,105)614(491)​47247294
Net interest income$5,625$14,603$20,228$​(4,061)$11,865$7,804

55

Index

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is a charge to income to bring our ALL to a level deemed appropriate by management and approved by of board of directors. We determine the provision for loan losses
monthly in connection with our monthly evaluation of the adequacy of our ALL. For a description of the factors we considered in determining the ALL see “—Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses” and “—Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates—Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Our provision for loan losses was $8.0 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase of $2.8 million was primarily due to an overall increase
in our provision attributable to Strategic Program lending, which was the result of our decision to increase certain retained Strategic Program loan balances during the period, and an overall increase in our provision attributable to SBA lending,
which was the result of our decision to increase SBA 7(a) loan balances during the period.

Noninterest Income

The largest portion of our noninterest income is associated with our Strategic Program fees. Other sources of noninterest income include gain on sale of loans, SBA loan servicing fees, change in
fair value on investment in BFG and other miscellaneous fees.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

For the Years Ended December 31,Change
($ in thousands)20212020$%
Noninterest income:
Strategic Program fees$17,959$9,591$8,36887.3%
Gain on sale of loans9,6892,8496,840240.1%
SBA loan servicing fees1,1561,02812812.5%
Change in fair value on investment in BFG2,9918562,135249.4%
Other miscellaneous income49490.0%
Total noninterest income$31,844$14,373$17,471121.6%

For the year ended December 31, 2021, total noninterest income increased $17.5 million, or 121.6%, to $31.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase
was primarily due to the increase in Strategic Program fees, gain on sale of loans, the change in fair value on investment in BFG, and SBA loan servicing fees. The increase in Strategic Program fees was primarily due to the increase in loan
origination volume in the Strategic Program. Strategic Program fees were also positively impacted by the launch of three origination platforms during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in gain on sale of loans was primarily due to the
increase in the number of SBA 7(a) loans sold during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in fair value on investment in BFG was primarily due to BFG’s increased profitability and cash position during and for the year ended December 31,
2021 and the appreciation of its peer companies under the Guideline Public Company valuation method during the same period. The increase in SBA loan servicing fees was primarily due to the increase in SBA 7(a) loans serviced for others during the
year.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense has increased as we have grown and as we have expanded and modernized our operational infrastructure and implemented our plan to build an efficient, technology-driven banking
operation with significant capacity for growth.

56

Index

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

($ in thousands)For the Years Ended December 31,Change
20212020$%
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits$22,365$16,835$5,53032.9%
Occupancy and equipment expenses81069411616.7%
Impairment of SBA servicing asset800800100.0%
Loss on investment in BFG50(50)-100.0%
Other operating expenses5,5364,1701,36632.8%
Total noninterest expense$29,511$21,749$7,76235.7%

For the year ended December 31, 2021, total noninterest expense increased $7.8 million, or 35.7%, to $29.5 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was
primarily due to the increase in salaries and employee benefits and other operating expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2021, salaries and employee benefits increased $5.5 million, or 32.9%, to $22.4 million compared to the year ended
December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the number of employees during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in employees during this timeframe coincided with an increase in Strategic Program loan volume and
the expansion of our information technology and security division to support enhancements in our infrastructure, and an increase in contractual bonuses paid relating to the expansion of the Strategic
Programs in 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2021, other operating expense increased $1.4 million, or 32.8%, to $5.5 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily due to our initiative to develop new and
upgrade existing technology, increased third party financial and business process reviews, increased marketing costs, and increased legal and professional fees, all with the intent of supporting of our growth. For the year ended December 31,
2021, an impairment of SBA servicing asset was recognized for $0.8 million due to a softening of the secondary market for SBA 7(a) loans.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition

The primary factors we use to evaluate and manage our financial condition include asset quality, capital and liquidity.

Asset Quality. We manage the diversification and quality of our assets based on factors that include the level, distribution, severity
and trend of problem, classified, delinquent, nonaccrual, nonperforming and restructured assets, the adequacy of our ALL, the diversification and quality of our loan and investment portfolios, the extent of counterparty risks, credit risk
concentrations and other factors.

Capital. Financial institution regulators have established guidelines for minimum capital ratios for banks. As a small bank
holding company, we are expected to be a capital resource to our subsidiary, which is required to be well capitalized. We, however, are not subject to specific capital ratios as a small bank holding company. We manage capital based upon factors
that include: (i) the level and quality of capital and our overall financial condition; (ii) the trend and volume of problem assets; (iii) the adequacy of reserves; (iv) the level and quality of earnings; (v) the risk exposures in our balance
sheet; (vi) the Community Bank Leverage Ratio; (viii) the state of local and national economic conditions; and (ix) other factors including our asset growth rate, as well as certain liquidity ratios.

Liquidity. We manage liquidity based on factors that include the amount of core deposits as a percentage of total deposits, the level
of Strategic Program held-for-sale loan balances compared to Strategic Program reserve deposit balances, the level of diversification of our funding sources, the allocation and amount of our deposits among deposit types, the short-term funding
sources, the amount of non-deposit funding, the availability of unused funding sources, off-balance sheet obligations, the availability of assets to be readily converted into cash without undue loss, the amount of cash, interest earning deposits in
other banks and liquid securities we hold, the re-pricing characteristics and maturities of our assets and other factors.

Loan Portfolio

We manage our loan portfolio based on factors that include concentrations per loan program and aggregated portfolio, industry selection and geographies. We also monitor the impact of identified
and estimated losses on capital as well as the pricing characteristics of each product. The following provides a general description and the risk characteristics relevant to each of the business lines. Each loan is assigned a risk grade during the
origination and closing process by credit administration personnel based on criteria described later in this section. We analyze the resulting ratings, as well as other external statistics and factors such as delinquency, to track the migration
performance of the portfolio balances. This ratings analysis is performed at least quarterly.

57

Index

SBA 7(a) Loans

We originate and service loans partially guaranteed by the SBA under its Section 7(a) loan program. SBA 7(a) loans are made to small businesses and professionals throughout the USA. As of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had total SBA 7(a) loans of $141.3 million and $96.2 million, respectively, representing 53.2% and 36.7% of our total loans, respectively. Loans are sourced primarily through our referral relationship with BFG.
Although BFG actively markets throughout the USA, because of its physical location in the New York area we have developed a lending presence in the New York and New Jersey geographies. The maximum SBA 7(a) loan amount is $5 million. Underwriting is
generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. These loans may be secured by commercial and
residential mortgages as well as liens on business assets. In addition to typical underwriting metrics, we review the nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business and management experience to help us target loans that we
believe have lower credit risk. The SBA 7(a) program generally provides 50%, 75%, 85% and 90% guarantees for eligible SBA 7(a) loans. The guaranty is conditional and covers a portion of the risk of payment default by the borrower, but not the risk
of improper underwriting, closing or servicing by the lender. As such, prudent underwriting, closing and servicing processes are essential to effective utilization of the SBA 7(a) program. Historically, we have generally sold the SBA-guaranteed
portion (typically 75% of the principal balance) of a majority of the loans we originate at a premium in the secondary market while retaining all servicing rights and the unguaranteed portion; however, beginning in 2020, we made the decision to
drive interest income by temporarily retaining a larger amount of the guaranteed portion of these loans.

SBA Paycheck Protection Program Loans

As an experienced SBA 7(a) lender, we were an active participant in the first round of the PPP, which began in April of 2020 and expired on August 8, 2020. As a result of our efforts, we provided
PPP loans to approximately 700 businesses, totaling approximately $126.6 million, for the year ended December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had total PPP loans of $1.1 million and $107.1 million, respectively, representing 0.4% and
40.9% of our total loans, respectively. The PPP loans also resulted in fees paid by the SBA to the originating bank for processing PPP loans, which fees are accreted into interest income over the life of the applicable loans. If a PPP loan is
forgiven or paid off before maturity, the remaining unearned fee is recognized into income at that time. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $0.4 million in PPP-related SBA accelerated deferred loan fees through interest
income as a result of PPP loan forgiveness. For the year ended December 31. 2021, the Company recognized a total of $1.8 million in PPP-related accreted fees ($1.5 million of which were accelerated due to loan forgiveness). A de minimis amount of deferred fees remained as of December 31, 2021.

Commercial, non-real estate

Commercial non-real estate loans consist of loans and leases made to commercial enterprises that are not secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had total
commercial non-real estate loans of $3.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively, representing 1.3% and 1.5% of our total loans, respectively. Any loan, line of credit, or letter of credit (including any unfunded commitments) and any interest
obtained in such loans made by another lender to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or professional purposes, not secured by real estate, but not
for personal expenditure purposes are included in this category. For example, commercial vehicle term loans and commercial working capital term loans. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source
is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability,
credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of collateral adequacy are all considerations. These loans are generally secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Residential real estate

Residential real estate loans include construction, lot and land development loans that are for the purpose of acquisition and development of property to be improved through the construction of
residential buildings, and loans secured by other residential real estate. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had total residential real estate loans of $27.1 million and $17.7 million, respectively, representing 10.2% and 6.8% of
our total loans, respectively. Construction loans are usually paid off through the conversion to permanent financing from third-party lending institutions. Lot loans may be paid off as the borrower converts to a construction loan. At the completion
of the construction project, if the loan is converted to permanent financing by us or if scheduled loan amortization begins, it is then reclassified from construction to single-family dwelling. Underwriting of construction and development loans
typically includes analysis of not only the borrower’s financial condition and ability to meet the required debt obligations, but also the general market conditions associated with the area and type of project being funded. These loans are
generally secured by mortgages for residential property located primarily in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, and we obtain guarantees from responsible parties. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Strategic Program loans

We, through our Strategic Program service providers, issue, on a nationwide basis, unsecured consumer and secured or unsecured business loans to borrowers within certain approved credit profiles.
As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had total Strategic Program loans of $85.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively, representing 32.3% and 10.8% of our total loans, respectively. Loans originated through these programs are limited
to predetermined Bank underwriting criterion, which has been approved by our board of directors. The primary form of repayment on these loans is from personal or business cash flow. Business loans may be secured by liens on business assets, as
applicable. We have generally sold most of these loans, but as our capital grows and FinView™ evolves, we may choose to hold more of the funded loans and/or receivables. We reserve the right to sell any portion of funded loans and/or receivables
directly to the Strategic Program service providers or other investors. We retain the legal right to service all these loans, but contract with the Strategic Program service provider or another approved sub-servicer to service these loans on our
behalf.

58

Index

Commercial real estate

Commercial real estate loans include loans to individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, or other business enterprises for commercial, industrial, agricultural, or
professional purposes, secured by real estate primarily located in the Salt Lake City, Utah MSA, but not for personal expenditure purposes. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had total commercial real estate loans of $2.4 million and
$2.9 million, respectively, representing 0.9% and 1.1% of our total loans, respectively. Underwriting is generally based on commercial credit metrics where the primary repayment source is borrower cash flow, secondary is personal guarantor cash
flow (when applicable) and tertiary is the sale of collateral pledged. The nature of the business, use of proceeds, length of time in business, management experience, repayment ability, credit history, ratio calculations and assessment of
collateral adequacy are all considerations. In addition to real estate, these loans may also be secured by liens on business assets. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Consumer

Consumer lending provides financing for personal, family, or household purposes on a nationwide basis. Most of these loans are originated through our POS platform and come from a variety of
sources, including other approved merchant or dealer relationships and lending platforms. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had total consumer loans of $4.6 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, representing 1.7% and 2.1% of our
total loans, respectively. We use a debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratio to determine whether an applicant will be able to service the debt. The DTI ratio compares the applicant’s anticipated monthly expenses and total monthly obligations to the
applicant’s monthly gross income. Our policy is to limit the DTI ratio to 45% after calculating interest payments related to the new loan. Loan officers, at their discretion, may make exceptions to this ratio if the loan is within their authorized
lending limit. DTI ratios of no more than 50% may be approved subject to an increase in interest rate. Strong offsetting factors such as higher discretionary income or large down payments are used to justify exceptions to these guidelines. All
exceptions are documented and reported. While the loans are generally for the purchase of goods which may afford us a purchase money security interest, they are underwritten as if they were unsecured. On larger loans, we may file a Uniform
Commercial Code financing form. Historically, we have retained these loans on our balance sheet for investment.

Loan Portfolio Program Summary

Through our diversification efforts and FinView™, we have built a portfolio that we believe positions us to withstand economic shifts. For example, we focus on industries and loan types that have
historically lower loss rates such as professional, scientific and technical services (including law firms), non-store retailers (e-commerce), and ambulatory healthcare services. We believe that these efforts helped minimize our exposure to
industries severely impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic.

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by loan program as of the dates indicated:

As of December 31,
20212020
Amount% of total loansAmount% of total loans
SBA(1)$142,39253.6%$203,31777.7%
Commercial, non real estate3,4281.3%4,0201.5%
Residential real estate27,10810.2%17,7406.8%
Strategic Program loans85,85032.3%28,26510.8%
Commercial real estate2,4360.9%2,8921.1%
Consumer4,5741.7%5,5432.1%
Total$265,788100.0%$261,777100.0%

(1) The amount of SBA loans as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 includes approximately $1.1 million and $107.1 million of PPP loans.

59

Index

Loan Maturity and Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

As of December 31, 2021, including the impact of PPP loans, $103.1 million, or 50.3%, of the total held for investment loan balance matures in less than five years. Loans maturing in greater than
five years totaled $101.9 million as of December 31, 2021. The variable rate portion of our total held for investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 was $163.8 million, or 79.9%. As of December 31, 2020, including the impact of PPP loans,
$173.5 million, or 72.1%, of the total held for investment loan balance matures in less than five years. Loans maturing in greater than five years totaled $67.3 million as of December 31, 2020. The variable rate portion of our total held for
investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2020 was $107.7 million, or 44.7%. The variable rate portion of the total held for investment loans reflects our strategy to minimize interest rate risk through the use of variable rate products.

The following tables detail maturities and sensitivity to interest rate changes for our loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

At December 31, 2021Remaining Contractual Maturity Held for Investment
($ in thousands)One Year or LessAfter One Year and Through Five YearsAfter Five Years and Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Fixed rate loans:
SBA(1)$​644$732$259$114$1,749
Commercial, non-real estate1,1682,11214263,428
Residential real estate2,8761,5194,395
Strategic Program loans18,1216,98125,102
Commercial real estate1,565639712,212
Consumer1,5002,793664,359
Variable rate loans:
SBA7,92031,59858,49342,632140,643
Commercial, non-real estate
Residential real estate22,23429118822,713
Strategic Program loans
Commercial real estate224224
Consumer62153215
Total$56,314$46,818$59,155$42,753$205,040

(1) The amount of SBA fixed rate loans includes approximately $1.1 million of PPP loans. PPP loans
originated prior to June 5, 2020, have a two year term. PPP loans originated on or after June 5, 2020, have a five year term. For PPP borrowers who submit completed applications for forgiveness, loan payments are automatically deferred
until the SBA renders a decision on the forgiveness request. PPP borrowers who fail to submit timely forgiveness applications are required to make monthly payments beginning ten months from the end of the chosen “covered period”. The
“covered period” is a maximum of 24 weeks from the origination date. Assuming a 24 week covered period, PPP borrowers are not required to begin making payments until 16 months after the origination date. At the time payments begin, if the
borrower and lender of a two year PPP loan mutually agree to extend the term of the loan it can be extended to a five year term. As of December 31, 2021, three PPP loans have been granted maturity date extensions.

At December 31, 2020Remaining Contractual Maturity Held for Investment
($ in thousands)One Year or LessAfter One Year and Through Five YearsAfter Five Years and Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Fixed rate loans:
SBA(1)$53,093$54,376$339$158$107,966
Commercial, non-real estate1,7462,2037014,020
Residential real estate4,7881,3926,180
Strategic Program loans6,5477707,317
Commercial real estate1,902766172,685
Consumer1,7373,226204,983
Variable rate loans:
SBA5,76223,00939,86626,71495,351
Commercial, non-real estate
Residential real estate10,69674711711,560
Strategic Program loans
Commercial real estate207207
Consumer191369560
Total$86,669$86,858$40,429$26,873$240,829

(1) The amount of SBA fixed rate loans includes approximately $107.1 million of PPP loans.

60

Index

Nonperforming Assets

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were contractually due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status
when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether such loans are actually past
due. In general, we place loans on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. We also generally place loans on nonaccrual status if they are less than 90 days past due if the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When interest
accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed from income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent recoveries received (either from payments received from the customer, derived from the disposition of
collateral or from legal action, such as judgment enforcement) exceed liquidation expenses incurred and outstanding principal.

A non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when (1) none of its principal and interest is due and unpaid, and we expect repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest,
or (2) when asset otherwise becomes well secured and is not in the process of collection.

Any loan which we deem to be uncollectible, in whole or in part, is charged off to the extent of the anticipated loss. In general, loans that are past due for 90 days or more are charged off
unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. We believe our disciplined lending approach and focused management of nonperforming assets has resulted in sound asset quality and timely resolution of problem assets. We have
several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our loan officers, and we also monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or
adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

61

Index

The following table provides information with respect to our nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings at the dates indicated:

As of December 31,
($ in thousands)20212020
Nonaccrual loans:
SBA$657$816
Commercial, non real estate
Residential real estate
Strategic Program loans15
Total nonperforming loans$657$831
Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more$54$1
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructuring$25$53
Total troubled debt restructurings106870
Other Real Estate Owned
Less nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings(25)(53)
Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings$763$1,701
Total nonperforming loans to total loans0.2%0.3%
Total nonperforming loans to total assets0.2%0.3%
Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total loans0.3%0.6%
Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets0.2%0.5%
Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets (less PPP loans) (1)0.2%0.8%

(1) See “GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of this measure to its most comparable GAAP measure.

Our total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings at December 31. 2021 were $0.8 million, which represented a reduction of $0.9 million from December 31, 2020. The largest troubled
debt restructuring attributable to a single borrower at December 31, 2020 with balance of $0.8 million paid in full including interest in May 2021. Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2021 were composed of $0.7 million in nonaccrual loans
and $0.1 million of troubled debt restructurings. Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2020 were composed of $0.8 million in nonaccrual loans and $0.9 million of troubled debt restructurings.

We do not classify loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls as impaired. We consider an “insignificant period of time” from payment delays to be a period of 90
days or less, or 180 days or less in certain Strategic Programs. We will customarily attempt to provide a modification for a customer experiencing what we consider to be a short-term event that has temporarily impacted cash flow. In those cases, we
will review the request to determine if the customer is experiencing cash flow strain and how the event has impacted the ability of the customer to repay in the long term. Short-term modifications are not classified as troubled debt restructurings
because they do not meet the definition set by the FDIC or our accounting policy for identifying troubled debt restructurings. The FDIC issued statements in March and April of 2020 that encouraged banks to work with all borrowers, especially those
from industry sectors particularly vulnerable to economic volatility. The FDIC clarified that prudent efforts to modify the terms on existing loans for affected customers will not be subject to examiner criticism, and that certain loan
modifications made in response to Covid-19 are not troubled debt restructurings.

The dollar amount of short-term modifications of loans held for investment as of December 31, 2021 was $0.5 million, substantially all of which are attributable to our Strategic Program loans.

The dollar amount of short-term modifications of loans held for investment as of December 31, 2020 was $1.2 million. Of this, approximately $0.6 million, or 46.7%, is attributable to our
Strategic Program loans, $0.5 million, or 46.5%, is attributable to our SBA 7(a) portfolio, and $0.1 million, or 6.8%, is attributable to our Commercial, non-real estate portfolio.

Interest income that would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 had nonaccrual loans been current throughout the period amounted to $0.1 million and $0.1 million,
respectively.

62

Index

Credit Risk Profile

We believe that we underwrite loans carefully and thoroughly, limiting our lending activities to those products and services where we have the resources and expertise to lend profitably without
undue credit risk. We require all loans to conform to policy (or otherwise be identified as exceptions to policy and monitored and reported on, at minimum, quarterly) and be granted on a sound and collectable basis. Loans are made with a primary
emphasis on loan profitability, credit risk and concentration exposures.

We are proactive in our approach to identifying and resolving problem loans and are focused on working with the borrowers and guarantors of problem loans to provide loan modifications when
warranted. When considering how to best diversify our loan portfolio, we consider several factors including our aggregate and product-line specific concentration risks, our business line expertise, and the ability of our infrastructure to
appropriately support the product. While certain product lines generate higher net charge-offs, our exposure is carefully monitored and mitigated by our concentration policies and reserved for by the loan loss allowance we maintain. Specifically,
retention of certain Strategic Program loans with higher default rates account for a disproportionate amount of our charge-offs. In addition to our oversight of the credit policies and processes associated with these programs, we limit within our
concentration policies the aggregate exposure of these loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, carefully monitor certain vintage loss-indicative factors such as first payment default and marketing channels, and appropriately provision
for these balances so that the cumulative charge-off rates remain consistent with management expectations. While the level of nonperforming assets fluctuates in response to changing economic and market conditions, the relative size and composition
of the loan portfolio, and our management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets, we believe our proactive stance to early identification and intervention is the key to successfully managing our loan portfolio. As an example, at the
beginning of the Covid-19 pandemic we analyzed our portfolio to identify loans that were more likely to be vulnerable to the pandemic’s impact. We then proactively opened a dialogue with potentially affected borrowers to assess their needs and
provide assistance. Through this process we were able to not only better understand our portfolio risks but were able to intercede with borrowers if needed.

Accurate and timely loan risk grading is considered a critical component of an effective credit risk management system. Loan grades take into consideration the borrower’s financial condition,
industry trends, and the economic environment. Loan risk grades are changed as necessary to reflect the risk inherent in the loan. Among other things, we use loan risk grading information for loan pricing, risk and collection management and
determining monthly loan loss reserve adequacy. Further, on a quarterly basis, the Loan Committee holds a Loan Risk Grade meeting, wherein all loans in our portfolio are reviewed for accurate risk grading. Any changes are made after the Loan Risk
Grade meeting to provide for accurate reporting. Reporting is achieved in Loan Committee minutes, which minutes are reviewed by the Board. We supplement credit department supervision of the loan underwriting, approval, closing, servicing and risk
grading process with periodic loan reviews by risk department personnel specific to the testing of controls.

We use a grading system to rank the quality of each loan. The grade is periodically evaluated and adjusted as performance dictates. Loan grades 1 through 4 are passing grades, grade 5 is special
mention. Collectively, grades 6 (substandard), 7 (doubtful) and 8 (loss) represent classified loans within the portfolio. The following guidelines govern the assignment of these risk grades. We do not currently grade Strategic Program loans held
for investment due to their small balances and homogenous nature. As credit quality for Strategic Program loans have been highly correlated with delinquency levels, the Strategic Program loans are evaluated collectively for impairment.

Grade 1: Pass - Loans fully secured by deposit accounts. Loans where the borrower has strong sources of repayment, generally 5 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income
history. Debt of the borrower is modest relative to the borrower’s financial strength and ability to pay with a DTI ratio of less than 25%. Cash flow is very strong as evidenced by significant discretionary income amounts. Borrower will
consistently maintain 30% of the outstanding debts in deposit accounts with us, often with the right of offset, holds, etc. Loan to value ratios (LTV) will be 60% or less. Loans in this category require very minimal monitoring.

Grade 2: Pass - The borrower has good sources of repayment, generally 3 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. The debt of the borrower is reasonable
relative to the borrower’s financial strength with a DTI ratio of less than 35%. Cash flow is strong as evidenced by exceptional discretionary income amounts. Borrowers will consistently maintain 20% of the outstanding debts in deposit accounts
with us. LTV ratios will be 70% or less. These loans require minimal monitoring.

Grade 3: Pass - There is a comfortable primary source of repayment, generally 2 years or more of consistent employment (or related field) and income history. Borrowers may exhibit a mix of
strengths and weaknesses. For example, they have either adequate cash flow with higher than desired leverage, or marginal cash flow with strong collateral and liquidity. Borrowers will have DTIs less than 45%. Borrowers will generally maintain
deposit accounts with us, but the consistency and amount of the deposits are not as strong as Grades 1 and 2. LTV ratios will be within our guidelines. These loans will be monitored on a quarterly basis.

Grade 4: Pass Watch – There is adequate primary source of repayment, generally employment time or time in a related field is less than 2 years. Borrowers’ debt to income ratios may fall outside
of our guidelines or there is minimal excess cash flow. There may be heavy reliance on collateral, or the loan is large, relative to the financial strength of the borrower. The loans may be maintenance intensive requiring closer monitoring.

Grade 5: Special Mention – A loan in this category has a specific weakness or problem but does not currently present a significant risk of loss or default as to any material terms of the loan or
financing agreement. A typical problem could include a documentation deficiency. If the deficiency is corrected the account will be re-graded.

63

Index

Grade 6: Classified Substandard – A substandard loan has a developing or current weakness or weaknesses that could result in loss or default if deficiencies are not corrected, or adverse
conditions arise.

Grade 7: Classified Doubtful – A doubtful loan has an existing weakness or weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts and conditions, highly
questionable and improbable.

Grade 8: Classified Loss – A loss loan has an existing weakness or weaknesses that render the loan uncollectible and of such little value that continuing to carry as an asset on our book is not
warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical nor desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be affected
in the future.

The following table presents, as of the period presented, the loan balances by loan program as well as risk rating. No loans were classified as ‘Loss’ grade during the periods presented.

As of December 31, 2021
($ in thousands)Pass Grade 1-4Special Mention Grade 5Classified/ Doubtful Grade 6-7Loss Grade 8Total
SBA$139,985$1,435$972$$142,392
Commercial, non real estate3,382463,428
Residential real estate27,10827,108
Commercial real estate2,4362,436
Consumer4,5744,574
Not Risk Graded
Strategic Program(1) loans85,850
Total$177,485$1,481$972$$265,788

64

Index

As of December 31, 2020
($ in thousands)Pass Grade 1-4Special Mention Grade 5Classified/ Doubtful Grade 6-7Loss Grade 8Total
SBA$200,360$2,040$917$203,317
Commercial, non real estate3,960604,020
Residential real estate16,98475617,740
Commercial real estate2,8922,892
Consumer5,5435,543
Not Risk Graded
Strategic Program(1) loans28,265
Total$229,739$2,100$1,673$261,777

(1) The Strategic Program loan balance includes $60.7 million
and $21.0 million of loans classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We have not adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2016–13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326),
commonly referred to as the “CECL model,” but plan to adopt the CECL model in the 2023 calendar year.

The ALL, a material estimate which could change significantly in the near-term in the event of rapidly shifting credit quality, is established through a provision for loan losses charged to
earnings to account for losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio and estimated to occur, and is maintained at a level that we consider adequate to absorb potential losses in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged against the ALL when we
believe that the collectability of the principal loan balance is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALL when received.

Our judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available and
as situations and information change.

We evaluate the ALL on a monthly basis and take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem
loans and current economic conditions and trends that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. The quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the ALL is reviewed by regulatory examinations and the Company’s auditors.

The ALL consists of the following two elements:

Column 1Column 2
Specific allowance for identified impaired loans. For such loans that are identified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value if the loan is collateral dependent) or observable market price of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan.

Independent appraisals are obtained for all collateral dependent loans deemed impaired when collateral value is expected to exceed $5 thousand net of actual and/or anticipated
liquidation-related expenses. After initially measured for impairment, new appraisals are ordered on at least an annual basis for all real estate secured loans deemed impaired. Non-real estate secured loan appraisal values are reevaluated and
assessed throughout the year based upon interim changes in collateral and market conditions.

Column 1Column 2
General valuation allowance. This component represents a valuation allowance on the remainder of the loan portfolio, after excluding impaired loans. For this portion of the allowance, loans are reviewed based on industry, stage and structure and are assigned allowance percentages based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends adjusted for qualitative factors. Qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date, may include changes in lending policies and procedures; changes in national and local economic and business conditions, including the condition of various market sectors; changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio; changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff; changes in the volume and severity of past due and classified loans and in the volume of nonaccruals, troubled debt restructurings, and other loan modifications; the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and the effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements, on the level of estimated and inherent credit losses in our current portfolio.

65

Index

The ALL was $9.9 million at December 31, 2021 compared to $6.2 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $3.7 million, or 59.0%. The increase was primarily due to increased retention of
Strategic Program loans with higher loss reserving characteristics.

The following table presents a summary of changes in the ALL for the periods and dates indicated:

For the Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20212020
ALL:
Beginning balance$6,199$4,531
Provision for loan losses8,0395,234
Charge offs
SBA(154)(197)
Commercial, non-real estate(63)(332)
Residential real estate
Strategic Program loans(4,684)(3,262)
Commercial real estate
Consumer(4)(17)
Recoveries
SBA46
Commercial, non-real estate103
Residential real estate
Strategic Program loans372236
Commercial real estate5
Consumer11
Ending balance$​9,855$6,199

Although we believe that we have established our ALL in accordance with GAAP and that the ALL was adequate to provide for known and inherent losses in the portfolio at all times shown above,
future provisions for loan losses will be subject to ongoing evaluations of the risks in our loan portfolio.

66

Index

The following table shows the allocation of the ALL among loan categories and certain other information as of the dates indicated. The ALL related to Strategic Programs constitutes 66.5% and
66.3% of the total ALL while comprising 32.3% and 10.8% of total loans as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. This reflects the increased credit risks associated with certain retained Strategic Program loans.

December 31, 2021
($ in thousands)AmountTotal Loans% of Total Allowance% of Loans in Category of Total Loans
SBA$2,739$142,39227.8%53.6%
Commercial, non real estate1323,4281.3%1.3%
Residential real estate35227,1083.6%10.2%
Strategic Program loans6,54985,85066.5%32.3%
Commercial real estate212,4360.2%0.9%
Consumer624,5740.6%1.7%
Total$9,855$265,788100.0%100.0%
December 31, 2020
($ in thousands)AmountTotal Loans% of Total Allowance% of Loans in Category of Total Loans
SBA$920$203,31714.8%77.7%
Commercial, non real estate2324,0203.8%1.5%
Residential real estate85517,74013.8%6.8%
Strategic Program loans4,11128,26566.3%10.8%
Commercial real estate192,8920.3%1.1%
Consumer625,5431.0%2.1%
Total$6,199$261,777100.0%100.0%

The following table reflects the ratio of the ALL to nonperforming loan balances, as well as net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category, as of the dates
presented. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding generally decreased or remained consistent for loan categories in the year ended December 31, 2021 from the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in the ratio for Strategic
Programs loans was primarily due to increases in average loan balances in the year ended December 31,2021 while the decreases in Commercial, non-real estate and Consumer were primarily due to lower charge-off amounts in the year ended December
31, 2021.

As of December 31,
20212020
ALL to nonperforming loans1,499.1%745.7%
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category
SBA0.1%0.1%
Commercial, non-real estate(1.0%)5.9%
Residential real estate0.0%0.0%
Strategic Program loans5.7%9.6%
Commercial real estate0.0%(0.1%)
Consumer0.1%0.3%

67

Index

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks

Our interest-bearing deposits in other banks increased to $85.3 million at December 31, 2021 from $47.0 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $38.3 million, or 81.7%. This increase was
primarily due to the net proceeds of $35.6 million from our initial public offering and an increase in loan originations. Interest-bearing deposits in other banks have generally been the primary repository of the liquidity we use to fund our
operations. Aside from minimal balances held with our correspondent banks, the majority of our interest-bearing deposits in other banks was held directly with the Federal Reserve.

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory
capital requirements.

We classify investment securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale based on our intentions and the Company’s ability to hold such securities until maturity. In determining such
classifications, securities that we have the positive intent and the ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are designated as available-for-sale and carried at estimated
fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. For the year presented, all securities were classified as held-to-maturity.

The following tables summarize the contractual maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and the amortized cost of those
securities as of the indicated dates.

At December 31. 2021
One Year or LessAfter One to Five Years
($ in thousands)Amortized CostWeighted Average YieldAmortized CostWeighted Average Yield
Mortgage-backed securities$$
At December 31, 2021
After Five to Ten Years WeightedAfter Ten Years Weighted
($ in thousands)Amortized CostWeighted Average YieldAmortized CostWeighted Average YieldTotal Amortized Cost
Mortgage-backed securities$1,5411.3%$9,8821.5%$11,423

The weighted average yield of investment securities is the sum of all interest that the investments generate, divided by the sum of the book value.

There were no calls, sales or maturities of securities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

At December 31, 2021, there were 13 securities, consisting of five collateralized mortgage obligations and eight mortgage-backed securities. Four of these securities were in gain positions for
greater than 12 months and nine of these securities were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2021. There were no unrealized losses as of December 31, 2020.

Deposits

Deposits are the major source of funding for the Company, with the exception of the Company’s participation in the PPPLF, which added a significant amount of funding in 2020 (see discussion below
in Liquidity and Capital Resources – Liquidity Management). We offer a variety of deposit products including interest and noninterest bearing demand accounts, money market and savings accounts and
certificates of deposit, all of which we market at competitive pricing. We generate deposits from our customers on a relationship basis and through access to national Institutional and brokered deposit sources. We also generate deposits in relation
to our Strategic Programs in the form of reserve accounts as discussed above. These deposits add an element of flexibility in that they tend to increase or decrease in relation to the size of or Strategic Program loan portfolio. In addition to the
reserve account, some Strategic Program loan originators maintain operating deposit accounts with us.

68

Index

The following table presents the end of period and average balances and for the periods indicated (average balances have been calculated using daily averages):

For the Years Ended December 31,
20212020
($ in thousands)TotalPercentTotalPercent
Period end:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$110,54843.9%$88,06753.5%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand5,3992.1%6,0953.7%
Savings6,6852.7%7,4354.5%
Money markets31,07612.3%17,56710.7%
Time certificates of deposit98,18439.0%45,31227.6%
Total period end deposits$251,892100.0%$164,476100.0%
Average:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$107,48149.8%$80,53749.2%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand6,0602.8%3,2372.0%
Savings7,8973.7%6,2343.8%
Money market21,96410.2%16,3279.9%
Time certificates of deposit72,31133.5%57,49635.1%
Total average deposits$215,713100.0%$163,831100.0%

Our deposits increased to $251.9 million at December 31, 2021 from $164.5 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $87.4 million, or 53.1%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
certificates of deposit, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits, and money markets.

As an FDIC-insured institution, our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 for most
deposit accounts and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. Our total uninsured deposits were $163.7 million and $92.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. The maturity profile of our uninsured time deposits, those amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit, at December 31, 2021 is as follows:

($ in thousands)Three months or lessMore than three months to six monthsMore than six months to twelve monthsMore than twelve monthsTotal
Time deposits, uninsured$$128$501$155$784

69

Index

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Management

Liquidity management is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, the sale of loans, repayment
of loans and net profits. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, loan prepayments, loan sales and security sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates,
economic conditions, and competition.

On November 23, 2021, we completed our IPO at a price of $10.50 per share. We raised approximately $36.1 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of
approximately $3.0 million and certain estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately of $3.2 million. The net proceeds less $0.5 million in other related expenses, including legal fees totaled $35.6 million.

Our primary source of funds to originate new loans (other than the PPPLF program used to fund PPP loans in 2020) is derived from deposits. Deposits are comprised of core and noncore deposits. We
use brokered deposits and a rate listing service to advertise rates to banks, credit unions, and other institutional entities. We designate deposits obtained from this source as Institutional Deposits. To date, depositors of brokered and
Institutional Deposits have been willing to place deposits with us at rates near the middle of the market. To attract deposits from local and nationwide consumer and commercial markets, we historically paid rates at the higher end of the market,
which we have been able to pay due to our high margin and technology oriented business model. We utilize rate listing services and website advertising to attract deposits from consumer and commercial sources.

We regularly evaluate new, core deposit products and in 2020, we launched a deposit product targeted to the needs of our PPP borrowers. We intend to have various term offerings to match our
funding needs. Plans for 2022 include marketing commercial checking accounts to selected business customers and expanded roll out of our deposit product targeted to the needs of our SBA borrowers. These accounts offer small business cash management
tools including ACH and wire capabilities, competitive interest rates, and personalized customer support. The commercial checking account is expected to be a no-fee based account with emphasis on electronic banking. With no current plans to expand
our brick-and-mortar branch network, online and mobile banking offers a means to meet customer needs and better efficiency through technology compared to traditional branch networks. We believe that the rise of mobile and online banking provides us
the opportunity to further leverage the technological competency we have demonstrated in recent years.

We regularly adjust our investment in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and
securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management, funds management and liquidity policies. The objective of the liquidity policy is to reduce the risk to our earnings and capital arising from the inability to meet obligations in
a timely manner. This entails ensuring sufficient funds are available at a reasonable cost to meet potential demands from both fund providers and borrowers. Liquid assets, defined as cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits, were 22.6%
of total assets at December 31, 2021.

We primarily utilize short-term and long-term borrowings to supplement deposits to fund our lending and investment activities, each of which is discussed below. At December 31, 2021, we had the
ability to access $10.9 million from the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window on a collateralized basis. Through Zions Bank, the Bank had an available unsecured line available of $1.0 million. The Bank had an available unsecured line of credit
with Bankers’ Bank of the West to borrow up to $1.05 million in overnight funds. We also maintain a $4.1 million line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank, secured by specific pledged loans. We had no outstanding balances on the unsecured or
secured lines of credit as of December 31, 2021. In long term borrowings, we had $1.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2021 related to the PPPLF. The PPPLF is secured by pledged PPP loans.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31,
2021, liquid assets (defined as cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits), consisting of cash and due from banks, totaled $85.8 million. We believe that our liquid assets combined with the available lines of credit provide adequate
liquidity to meet our current financial obligations for at least the next 12 months.

Capital Resources

Shareholders’ equity increased $69.5 million to $115.4 million at December 31, 2021 compared to $45.9 million at December 31, 2020. The increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily attributable
to the net proceeds of $35.6 million from the issuance of 4,025,000 shares of common stock in our IPO and net income recognized of $31.6 million. Stock options exercised, and stock-based compensation increased additional paid-in capital aggregately
by approximately $2.4 million.

We use several indicators of capital strength. The most commonly used measure is average common equity to average assets, which was 23.1% and 16.0% at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

70

Index

Our return on average equity was 39.2% and 28.4% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our return on average assets was 9.1% and 4.5% for the years ended December 31, 2021
and 2020, respectively.

We seek to maintain adequate capital to support anticipated asset growth, operating needs and unexpected risks, and to ensure that we are in compliance with all current and anticipated regulatory
capital guidelines. Our primary sources of new capital include retained earnings and proceeds from the sale and issuance of capital stock or other securities. Expected future use or activities for which capital may be set aside include balance
sheet growth and associated relative increases in market or credit exposure, investment activity, potential product and business expansions, acquisitions and strategic or infrastructure investments.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and
possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank
must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject
to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is deemed “well capitalized” if its Tier 1 leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio, and Total Capital ratio meet
or exceed 5%, 6.5%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly finalized a rule intending to simplify the regulatory capital requirements described above for qualifying community banking organizations
that opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework, as required by Section 201 of the Regulatory Relief Act. The Bank has elected to opt into the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework starting in 2020. Under these new capital requirements,
as temporarily amended by Section 4012 of the CARES Act, the Bank must maintain a leverage ratio greater than 8% for 2020 and 8.5% for 2021.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (there are no
conditions or events since that notification we believe have changed the Bank’s category). The following table sets forth the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank and the amount of capital required to be categorized as well-capitalized as
of the dates indicated.

The following table presents the regulatory capital ratios for the Bank as of the dates indicated:

December 31,
Capital Ratios20212020Well- Capitalized Requirement
Leverage Ratio (under CBLR)17.7%16.6%8.5%(1)

(1) The Well-Capitalized Requirement for 2020 was 8.0%.

71

Index

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. While our liquidity monitoring and management consider both present and future demands for and sources of
liquidity, the following table of contractual commitments focuses only on future obligations and summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021.

($ in thousands)TotalLess than One YearOne to Three YearsThree to Five YearsMore Than Five Years
Contractual Obligations
Deposits without stated maturity$115,947$​115,947$$$
Time deposits98,18441,56737,02319,594
Long term borrowings(1)1,050573477
Operating lease obligations8,7179462,2122,2043,355
Total$223,898$159,033$39,235$22,275$3,355

(1) Balances in this category pertain to the PPPLF and are fully-collateralized with PPP loans

Off-Balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated statements of financial condition. We enter into these
transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit, which involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk exceeding the amounts recognized in our
consolidated statements of financial condition. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amounts of these commitments. The same credit policies and procedures are used in making these commitments as for on-balance sheet
instruments. We are not aware of any accounting loss to be incurred by funding these commitments; if required, we would maintain an allowance for off-balance sheet credit risk which would be recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance
sheets.

Our commitments to extend credit as of the dates indicated are summarized below. Since commitments associated with commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not
necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

As of December 31,
($ in thousands)20212020
Revolving, open-end lines of credit$1,259$757
Commercial real estate15,40214,468
Other unused commitments377928
Total commitments$17,038$16,153

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and
expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, results of which form the basis
for making judgments about the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.

Accounting policies, as described in detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Report, are an integral part of our financial statements. A thorough
understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial position. We believe that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below require us to make difficult,
subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these estimates, which are likely to occur from period to period, or use of different estimates that we could have reasonably used in the current period, would
have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

The JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended
transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this Report, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public
companies for the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act.

72

Index

The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and significant estimates that we believe require us to make the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The ALL is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loans that are deemed to be
uncollectible are charged off and deducted from the ALL. The provision for loan losses and recoveries on loans previously charged off are credited to the ALL. The ALL consists of specific and general components subject to significant judgment and
short-term change. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the
contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered TDRs and classified as impaired.

The general component covers loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and loans that are not individually identified for impairment evaluation. The general
component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors and includes actual loss history experienced for the preceding three fiscal years and the interim period for the current fiscal year. This actual loss experience is
supplemented with other qualitative economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio type. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans (including TDRs); levels
and trends in charge-offs and recoveries, trends in volumes and terms of loans; migration of loans to the classification of special mention, substandard, or doubtful; effects of any change in risk selection and underwriting standards; other
changes in lending policies and procedures; national and local economic trends and conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. Generally, our estimate for the ALL does not have significant sensitivity to the changes in the
qualitative factors. For a 0.20% increase in the qualitative economic factors assigned by us to each loan category the ALL at December 31, 2021 would have increased by approximately $0.3 million. The Company considered COVID-19 to be the most
significant factor the Company uses in the qualitative economic factors estimate of the ALL. The ALL increase associated with the COVID-19 pandemic was $0.7 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

These sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration in risk ratings or the increases in loss rates but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the
sensitivity of the allowance for loan and lease losses to changes in key inputs. We believe the risk ratings and loss severities currently in use are appropriate.

We estimate the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, current economic conditions, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations,
estimated collateral values and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Amounts are charged off when
available information confirms that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible. This methodology for determining charge-offs is consistently applied to each group of loans. We group loans into different categories based on loan type to
determine the appropriate allowance for each loan group.

The Company generally places loans on a nonaccrual status when: (1) payment is in default for 90 days or more unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection; or (2) full
repayment of principal and interest is not foreseen. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued and uncollected interest on that loan is reversed. Past-due interest received on nonaccrual loans is not recognized in interest income but
is applied as a reduction of the outstanding principal of the loan consistent with the accounting for impaired loans. A loan is relieved of its nonaccrual status when all principal and interest payments are brought current, the loan is well
secured, and an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition provides reasonable assurance that the borrower can repay the loan as scheduled.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of
the loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar nature, such as Strategic Program loans, and on an individual loan basis for commercial real estate secured and SBA and
commercial non-real estate and consumer loans. If a loan or pool of loans is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan or pool of loans is reported, net of the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s
original effective rate or at the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability
of collecting all amounts when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not classified as impaired. We considered the significance of payment delays on a case by case basis, taking into
consideration all the circumstances of the loan and borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, the amount of the shortfall in relation to principal and interest owed.

See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report and “—Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses” for more information.

Stock-based Compensation. Our historical and outstanding stock-based compensation awards are described in Note 10 in our annual
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

73

Index

We record stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) and recognize stock-based compensation
expense in the period in which an employee or non-employee is required to provide service, which is generally over the vesting period of the individual stock-based payment award. Compensation expense for awards is recognized over the requisite
service period on a straight-line basis and we account for forfeitures as they occur. We classify our awards as equity awards and these awards are valued as of the grant date based upon the underlying stock price and a number of assumptions,
including volatility, performance period, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

The determination of the grant date fair value using an option pricing model is affected principally by our estimated fair value of our common stock and requires us to make a number of other
assumptions, including the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the underlying shares, the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. The assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model represent
management’s best estimates at the time of measurement. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, as they are inherently subjective. We will continue to
use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and interest rates utilized for our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.  If any assumptions change, our stock-based compensation expense could be
materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

Column 1Column 2
Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our awards are expected to be outstanding. We calculated the expected term using a permitted simplified method, which is based on the vesting period and contractual term for each tranche of awards.
Column 1Column 2
Expected Volatility. The expected volatility was based on the historical share volatility of several comparable publicly traded companies over a period of time equal to the expected term of the awards, as we do not have any trading history to use the volatility of our own common shares. The comparable companies were chosen based on their size, stage in life cycle and area of specialty. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available.
Column 1Column 2
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life.
Column 1Column 2
Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid dividends on our common shares nor do we expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, stock-based compensation expense was $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, we had $0.3 million of total
unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, which we expect to recognize over an estimated weighted-average period of 2.33 years. We expect to continue to grant options and other stock-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our
stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Fair Value of Common Stock.  There was no public market for our common shares prior to the completion of our initial public offering
on November 23, 2021. As such, the estimated fair value of our common shares has previously been determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management, based on the information known to us on the grant date and upon a
review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated per share fair value of our common shares. As part of these fair value determinations, our board of directors obtained and considered valuation reports prepared by a
third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities
Issued as Compensation.

In estimating the fair value of our common shares prior to the offering completed on November 23, 2021, multiple factors were considered in selecting an appropriate valuation approach, including,
without limitation: (i) does the valuation method reflect our going-concern and/or expected time to liquidity status; (ii) does the valuation method assign value to the junior instruments, unless a future exit scenario is being analyzed whereby no
cash is being distributed to the junior instruments based on equity class-specific rights; and (iii) is the method appropriate based on our stage of development at the date of the valuation. The valuation method evaluated and utilized, as
appropriate, was the Option Pricing Method, or OPM. The OPM is a forward-looking method that considers our current equity value and was used to allocate our total equity value between common stock and stock options granted considering a continuous
distribution of outcomes, rather than focusing on distinct future scenarios.

We estimated fair value of our common shares using the OPM given the uncertainty associated with both the timing and type of any future exit scenario and applied an Income Approach and Market
Approach. The Income Approach attempts to value an asset or security by estimating the present value of the future economic benefits it is expected to produce. These benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and disposition
proceeds from the asset. An indication of value may be developed in this approach by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of
inflation over the holding period, and the risks associated with realizing the cash flows in the amounts and at the times projected. The discount rate selected is typically based on rates of return available from alternative investments of similar
type and quality as of the valuation date. The most commonly employed income approach to valuation is the discounted cash flow analysis. The Market Approach estimates the value of an asset or security by examining observable market values for
similar assets or securities. Sales and offering prices for comparable assets are adjusted to reflect differences between the asset being valued and the comparable assets, such as, location, time and terms of sale, utility, and physical
characteristics. When applied to the valuation of equity, the analysis may include consideration of the financial condition and operating performance of the company being valued relative to those of publicly traded companies or to those of
companies acquired in a single transaction, which operate in the same or similar lines of business.

74

Index

The OPM uses option theory to value securities in light of their respective claims to the enterprise value. Total equity value is allocated based upon a series of call options with strike prices
at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of type of outstanding share. While the OPM is capable of allocating value across distinct share classes, because we have only a single class of stock, the OPM applied was utilized
only to estimate the value allocable between common stock and stock options granted. A Black-Scholes closed form option pricing model is typically employed in this analysis, with an option term assumption that is consistent with expected time to a
liquidity event and a volatility assumption based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term.

When estimating our total equity value, we applied both an Income Approach and Market Approach and weighted the results evenly. The Income Approach utilized discounted cash flows using forecasted
assumptions of operating income and a discount rate based on the cost of equity. The Market Approach was applied considering a set of guideline comparable companies, known as the Guideline Publicly-Traded Companies Method, or GPTCM. Under the
GPTCM, valuation multiples were calculated from the market data and operating metrics of the guideline companies. The selected multiples were evaluated and adjusted based on the characteristics of the Company relative to the comparable companies
being analyzed. The selected multiples were ultimately applied to our operating metrics to calculate indications of value. A discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, was also then applied.

We considered various objective and subjective factors to estimate the fair value of the Company’s equity price per share of each grant date, including the value estimated by a third-party
valuation firm. The factors considered by the third-party valuation firm and our board of directors included the following:

Column 1Column 2
Our financial performance, capital structure and stage of development;
Column 1Column 2
Our management team and business strategy;
Column 1Column 2
External market conditions affecting our industry, including competition and regulatory landscape;
Column 1Column 2
Our financial position and forecasted operating results;
Column 1Column 2
The lack of an active public or private market for our equity shares;
Column 1Column 2
Historical discussions we have had with potential private investors;
Column 1Column 2
The likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as a sale of the Company or an initial public offering of our equity shares; and
Column 1Column 2
Market performance analyses, including with respect to share price valuation, of similar companies in our industry.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and
future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between the assumptions impact
our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common shares.

After the completion of our initial public offering on November 23, 2021, it is no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with
our accounting for stock-based awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

Income Taxes.  We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to
reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not to be realized. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income
within the carryforward period. Because of our recent history of operating losses, management believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above-mentioned future tax benefits is not likely to be realized and, accordingly,
has provided a full valuation allowance.

75

Index

We assess all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant
taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and we will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still
appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available. Our unrecognized tax benefits, if
recognized, would not have an impact on our effective tax rate assuming we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance position. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense or benefit. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized
de minimis interest and penalties.

GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Some of the financial measures included in this Report are not measures of financial performance recognized by GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are “tangible book value per share,”  and
“total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets (less PPP loans).” Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of our performance.

Column 1Column 2
“Tangible book value per share” is defined as book value per share less goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the outstanding number of common shares at the end of each period. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is book value per share. We had no goodwill or other intangible assets as of any of the dates indicated. We have not considered loan servicing rights as an intangible asset for purposes of this calculation. As a result, tangible book value per share is the same as book value per share as of each of the dates indicated.
Column 1Column 2
“Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets (less PPP loans)” is defined as the sum of nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings divided by total assets minus PPP loans. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is the sum of nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets. We believe this measure is important because we believe that PPP loans will not be included in nonperforming assets or troubled debt restructurings since PPP loans are 100% guaranteed by the SBA. We believe that the non-GAAP measure more accurately discloses the proportion of nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets consistently with periods prior to the presence of PPP loans.

We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed
in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, you should not view these measures as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and they are not
necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use. The following table provides a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most closely related GAAP measure.

Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets (less PPP loans)

Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)20212020
Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructuring$​763$1,701
Total assets$380,214$317,515
PPP loans$​1,091$107,145
Total assets less PPP loans$379,123$210,370
Total nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets (less PPP loans)0.2%0.8%

76

Index

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective expected dates of adoption and
anticipated effects on our results of operations and financial condition.